Skip to main content

Full text of "The Constitution.."

See other formats 


;lA»^iMi 


Constitution  of  the  Onite©  States 


AND    TME 


Declaration  of  Imuependei^ce 


GERMAN,  FRENCH  AND   ENGLISH 


THE  'CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES 


AND   THE 


DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE 


Ml  n     /j  r-n  I 


'AN 


XRAXSLy^ 


PROFES! 


"The  preseut  publica 
Frenchman  or  a  German  v 
desires  to  familiarize  hlrasc 
of  contents  is  very  copious 
are  the  notes  wlilch,  thou^ 
from  the  time  of  the  first 
with  ihe  constitutional  his 
exiJlain  the  technical  phras 


Class  _E_2^U_ 


Copyiiglit)^'". 


COF^OUGHT  DEPOSm 


GPO 


DLAW.    Jr. 


FEZANDIE 


ling  to  put  into  the  hands  of  a 
to  those  of  an  American  Avho 
erman  and  French.  The  table 
,  easy  of  reference.  Best  of  all 
the  constitutional  organization 
facts  and  dates  in  connection 
3f  Confederation  and  carefully 
•Nation,  Jan.  24.  18S9. 


"  Das   gut    ausgestati  sehr   gut  eignen.     Historische 

Anmerkungen    nnd  tabellarische   Uebersichten  am  Scliluss   tragen  nicht  wenig   dazi»  bei,  den  Werth    des 
Buclies  zu  ev\Vi\hr'n"~^t<i(ilii-y.<'iliiiui.  Dec.  23,  1888. 

"  The  translations  have  been  carefully  made  and  revised  by  experts  in  the  languages,  and  the  author, 
producing  a  superior  work  and  placing  it  In  the  bauds  of  Americans,  Germans  and  Frenchmen,  has  done 
them  a  great  service.  There  is  no  production  in  history  or  the  civilized  world  so  simple  and  yet  so  grand 
as  the  GonstitiUion  of  the  L'nited  States.  A  study  of  it  cannot  be  other  than  elevating,  and  these  tranala- 
tiuns  are  plven  in  two  of  tlie  most  cDpioiis  and  finished  languages  of  the  earth."' 

—The  Si-ic  York  School  Joitniat,  Jan.  2ti,  1889. 

"Das  gut  ausgestattete  Buch  diirfte  sich  ais  Schul- und  liausbuch  sehr  gut  eignen.  Die  frauziisische 
und  deutsche  Uebersetzung  ist  sorgfiiltig  redigiert  worden." 

— FrnnU  Leslit's  "  lllustrirtt'  Zcitunr/,''  Jan.  12,  lh89. 


'Tiie  idea  is  certainly  a  novel  one  and  the  Ijook  will  undoubtedly  be  of  great  service.'" 

—HooTc  Chat,  Dec.  1888. 


"Die  Ueberaetzunsten  sind  iu  jeiler  Bezieliun<?  musterhaft  utnl  diirfte  das  sclion  ausgestattete  Werk- 
cbeii  fiir  manclien,  welclier  die  drei  Spiacben  studirt,  zu  diesem  Zwecke  willkommen  sein." 

—Xpw  Yorlccr  SchinaebiscJies  Wocnenblatt,  Jan.  9,  18S9. 

"A  very  convenient  book  of  reference."— y.  Y.  Cfnnmercini  Arlvertiser,  Feb.  1,  1SS9. 

"Die  Uebersetzungen  sind  von  Faclileuten  geniachi  worden  und  deshalb  zuverlassig." 

— y.  I'.  Handels-Xeituno,  Dec.  29,  1888. 

"A  very  valuable  and  useful  work."— Daily  State  Gazette,  Trenton,  New  Jersey,  Jan.  28,  188S. 
"  A  good  book  to  put  into  the  hands  of  ininiigrants."— jf'Ae  Sailor's  Magazine,  February,  1889. 
"Tlie  translations  liave  been  carefully  made."'— .STc/ence,  Jan.  4,  1889. 

"  It  is  a  needed  work,  opportunely  published.  Aside  from  the  study  of  tlie  German  and  French,  there 
are  many  Americans  who  could  read  this  work  with  profit."— TOf  Sussex  Register,  N.  J.,  Jan.  2,  1889. 

"  The  work  enables  Germans  and  Frenchmen  to  read  those  great  historical  masterpieces  in  their  own 
languages.    It  also  assists  them  in  mastering  the  most  vigorous  and  virile  English   of  political  literature." 

—  Texas  Sif  lings,  Jan.  5,  1889. 

"The  work  is  one  which  ought  to,  and, I  think,  will  commend  itself  as  being  well  adapted  for  the 
purpose  for  which  it  is  intended.  The  exercise  of  the  elective  franchise  in  this  country  should  be  condi- 
tioned not  only  upon  a  renunciation  of  all  foreign  allegiance,  but  also  upon  the  ability  to  read  and  write, 
and  upon  a  familiarity  with  the  principles  of  our  government  so  far  as  they  are  exemplified  in  the  Decla- 
ration of  Independence  and  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States.  According  to  my  judgment  this  work 
affords  to  those  desirous  of  becoming  good  and  intelligent  citizens,  the  most  attractive  and  practical  way  of 
familiarizing  themselves  with  those  principle.s." — Prof.  Williatn  Stephens,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Philadelpiiia,  Pa. 

"I  am  much  pleased  with  your  work.  It  will  prove  a  convenient  book  of  reference  to  the  French 
and  Germans  who  wish  to  study  the  fundamental  principles  of  our  government,  and  will  more  thoroughly 
prepare  them  to  assume  the  duties  of  American  citizens."— Jwdf/p  Marcus  Beach,  Jersey  City,  N.  J. 

"Your  work  is  very  well  done,  and^  it  deserves  a  large  sale  both  for  use  iu  schools  and  colleges,  and 
as  a  political  educator  of  our  foreign  population.    Where  this  book  is  read,  anarchists  cannot  thrive." 

—Prof.  Charles  T.  KroeJi,  of  Stevens'  Institute,  Hoboken,  N.  J. 

"I  am  pretty  famiUar  with  the  Constitution,  having  taught  it  for  years  and  explained  its  provisions  to 
my  classes.  1  am  delighted  with  your  triple-tongued  book.  It  Is  a  very  good  idea  and  is  well  executed. 
The  translations  are  excellent  and  the  preface  is  a  masterpiece."— /'ro/.  Robert  Waters,  Jersey  City,  N.  J. 

"The  issue  of  this  book  is  a  capital  idea.  Wherever  It  goes,  it  will  do  more  to  spread  the  knowledge 
of  our  institutions  and  the  blessings  we  enjoy  under  them  than  any  lengthy  treatise  ever  written  on  the 
subject,  and  such  knowledge  will  prove  a  blessing  to  mankind."— y.  H.  Bonn,  Esq..  Hoboken,  N.  J. 

"It  is  a  beneficent  enterprise  to  make  these  two  documents  a  text-book  of  political  fredom,  accessible 
to  all."— ^.  J.  Loevientfial,  M.D.,  Hoboken,  N.  J. 

'•After  having  examined  your  work,  permit  me  to  say  that  it  is  a  book  to  be  recommended  in  every 
way  and  which  must  become  exceedingly  useful.  As  far  as  my  knowledge  extends,  there  exists  no  other 
edition  of  the  Declaration  and  Constitution  giving  so  easy  and  clear  an  insight  into  these  highly  important 
documents." — Frederick  Gerhar'l,  Ksq.,  Weehawken,  N.  J. 


THE 


Constitution  of  the  United  States 


DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE 


IK 


GEK]VIA.Isr,  FUENCH    ^ND    EISTGLISH 

IN  PARALLEL  COLUMNS         -^^  /^fO'^^^W' 


x^f 


TRANSLATED  BY 

A.    H,    LAIDLAW,    Jr. 


NOTES   AND    APPENDIX,   POLITICAL    AND    HISTORICAL 
TRENCH    AND    GERMAN 

REVISED  BY 

PROFESSORS  HELLMRICH,   SCHOEDER  AND  FEZANDIE 
SECOND  AND  REVISED  EDITION 


PUBLISHED  BY 

LAIDLAW  BROTHERS  AND  COMPANY 

137  W.  41sT  Street,  New  York 


.  ll  LZZ 


Copyright,  1S8S,  bv 
LAIDLAW  BROS.   &  CO. 


TROWS 
PRINTING   AND  B00KB1N0I^ 
NEW   YORK. 


H)eMcate& 

TO    THE     MEMORY     OF 

BENJAMIN  FRANKLIN, 

THE   CREATOR   OP   A   NATION,  TO   "WHOSE 

PROPHETIC    MIND    WAS    FIRST    REVEALED    THE 

ADVANTAGES  OP   POLITICALLY   UNITING  ALL   THE   AMERICAN 

COLONIES   OP  ENGLAND,  AND   AVHO,  FOR  THIRTY  YEARS   BEFORE  THE   WAR 

OF  THE   REVOLUTION   COMMENCED,    ADVOCATED   A   PRACTICAL 

UNION   OF   THE   STATES   IN   ORDER   TO   PROVIDE   FOR 

THE   COMMON   DEFENCE   AND   TO   PROMOTE 

THE    GENERAL    WELFARE    OP 

HIS   COUNTRYMEN. 


NOTE. 


The  changes  in  spelling  made,  in  1880,  by  the  Prussian  Minister  of  Educa- 
tion, have  been  adopted  in  the  German  portion  of  this  work. 

The  letter  h  is  omitted  from  the  words  formerly  spelled  nothig,  nothwendig, 
Theil,  Vertheidigung,  Grossmuth,  Kath,  Werth,  Athem,  Fluth,  Kathsel,  Koth,  etc., 
and  their  derivatives. 

The  letter  e  has  been  inserted  in  those  words  which,  for  a  time,  were  spelled 
without  it ;  as  "  disciplinieren,"  "  garantieren,"  etc. 

The  modified  vowels,  whether  used  as  capitals  or  as  small  letters,  must  have 
the  "  Umlaut "  over  them  ;  as  Ae  should  be  written  A  ;  Oe  should  be  written  O, 
etc. 

In  order  to  obtain  a  thorough  understanding  of  the  changes  recently  accom- 
plished in  the  forms  of  German  words,  the  student  is  referred  to  the  Appendix  of 
Cassell's  German-English  and  English-German  Dictionary  of  1888,  and  also  to 
"  Kegeln  uud  Wurterverzeichnis  ftir  die  deutsche  Rechtschreibung  zum  Gebrauch 
in  den  preussischen  Schulen."     Weidmannsche  Buchhandlung,  Berlin. 


PREFACE. 


But  few  words  of  explanation  will  be  necessary  while  presenting  to  the 
American  people,  in  the  English,  French  and  German  languages,  the  Con- 
stitution of  the  United  States  and  the  Declaration  of  Independence.  They 
were  composed  in  idiomatic  English  by  the  greatest  and  ripest  American 
brains  of  the  last  century.  Tlie  author  has  attempted  to  render  them  into 
tlie  French  and  German  of  to-day.  He  has  attempted  to  produce  a  superior 
work  to  place  in  the  hands  of  Americans,  Germans  and  Frenchmen,  so  that 
each  may  be  helped  to  master  the  every-day  language  of  the  others.  The 
book  is  intended  to  be  used  in  schools,  in  families  and  by  the  solitary  student. 
The  whole  of  the  French  and  German  translation  has  been  revised  by  Profes- 
sors Hellmrich,  Fezandie  and  Schoeder,  each  a  recognized  master  of  his  native 
tongue. 

In  the  German  part  of  this  work  the  old  black  letter  has  been  discarded, 
and  the  Roman  letter  employed.  In  Germany  the  tendency  to  do  the  same  is 
growing  from  year  to  year.  For  the  sake  of  Continental,  literal  uniformity, 
and  for  the  salvation  of  the  eyesight  of  all  readers  of  German,  we  hope  the 
day  is  not  distant  when  both  the  present  German  script  and  the  picturesque 
black  letter  will  be  universally  superseded  by  the  more  facile  and  graceful 
Italian. 

Many  political  and  historical  facts  are  given  in  the  column  for  Notes, 
and  some  spaces  are  left  to  be  filled  at  pleasure  by  the  student  with  gram- 


6  PREFACE. 

matical  facts  and  appropriate  clippings  from  magazines  and  newspapers. 
Blank  pages  at  the  end  of  the  printed  matter  are  supplied  for  more  extended 
additions  to  the  work. 

If  American  citizens  and  yonth  had  some  special  incentive  to  study  the 
Declaration  of  Independence  and  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States,  these 
great  Charters  of  Liberty  would  be  more  universally  studied  than  at  present. 
It  is  hoped  that  the  acquisition  of  other  languages  will  supply  that  incentive, 
and  that  the  day  will  soon  be  past  when  Congressmen  and  Legislators  can 
be  found  who  have  never  seriously  read  these  much-applauded  masterpieces 
of  their  country. 

Throughout  the  civilized  world,  in  the  field  of  history,  the  Constitution  of 
the  United  States  is  recognized  as  the  most  consummate  political  flower  of  all 
the  ages.  As  a  structure  of  statesmanship,  it  is  the  simplest  and  the  richest 
temple  ever  built  by  man.  As  a  treasurj'  of  political  Truth,  it  more  nearly 
approximates  a  revelation  from  on  high  than  any  other  human  composition. 
Finished  by  our  fathers,  nailed  by  their  heroic  hands  upon  the  forehead  of 
flying  Time,  cemented  by  the  blood  of  battles,  alike  impregnable  against  the 
courage  or  the  craft  of  the  might}'  or  the  mean,  it  is  the  proper  Ark  of 
the  Covenant  of  a  chosen  people  which  has  the  promise  and  the  potency 
of  assuming  the  position  of  the  most  free,  th'e  most  prosperous,  the  most 
happy  and  the  most  enlightened  of  the  nations  of  the  earth. 


SECOE^D   EDITIOI^. 


In  revising  for  the  second  edition  a  few  errors  were  found  and  corrected. 
The  greatest  improvement  made  upon  the  flrst  edition  is  the  insertion  of  page 
references  throughout  the  columns  of  Notes  on  the  Constitution. 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

THE  DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE, 13 

NOTES— Colonial  Governments, 13 

The  Continental  Congress, 15 

Articles  of  Confederation, 15 

The  Various  Forms  of  United  States  Government, 17 

Constitutional  and  State  Conventions.     The  beginning  of  Constitutional  Govern- 
ment,   19 

THE   CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES •      .         .        .28 

PREAMBLE, 38 

ARTICLE  L 

LEGISLATIVE  DEPARTMENT. 

Section  I. — Congress  in  general, .        .    38 

Section  II. — House  of  Bepresentatkes, 38 

Clause  1.  Organization  of  the  House,  28.  Clause  2.  Qualifications  of  Representatives, 
30.  Clause  3.  Apportionment  of  Representatives,  30.  Clause  4.  Vacancies,  30. 
Clause  5.  Officers,  and  power  of  Impeachments,  30. 

Section  III.— iSe/ia^, 32 

Clause  1.  Organization  of  Senate,  82.  Clause  2.  Classification  and  VacancieSj  33.  Clause 
3.  Qualifications,  32.  Clause  4.  Presiding  Officers,  32.  Clause  5.  Other  Officers,  32. 
Clause  6.  Trial  of  Impeachments,  34.     Clause  7.  Judgment  in  Impeachments,  34. 

Section  IV. — Both  Houses, .34 

Clause  1.  Election  of  Members,  34.     Clause  2.  Meeting  of  Congress,  34. 


8  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Section  v. — The  Houses  separately, 34 

Clause  1.  Contested  Seats,  Quorum,  Powers  of  a  Minority,  34.  Clause  2.  Rules  of  Pro- 
ceeding, etc.,  36.  Clause  3.  Journal,  Yeas  and  Nays,  36.  Clause  4.  Power  of  Ad- 
journment, 36. 

Section  VI. — Privileges  and  Disabilities  of  Members, 36 

Clause  1.  Compensation  of  Members,  Freedom  from  Arrest,  Freedom  of  Speech,  36. 
Clause  2.  Disqualifications  of  Members,  38. 

Section  VII. — Mode  of  Passing  Laws, 38 

Clause  1.  Revenue  Bills,  38.  Clause  2.  The  President's  Veto,  Second  Passage  of  a  Bill, 
38.     Clause  3.   Other  Resolutions  besides  Bills,  40. 

Section  VIII. — Powers  granted  to  Congress, 40 

Clause  1.  Laying  Taxes,  40.  Clause  2.  Borrowing  Money,  40.  Clause  3.  Regulating 
Commerce,  40.  Clause  4.  Naturalization  and  Bankruptcy,  40.  Clause  5.  Coinage, 
Weights  and  Measures,  42.  Clause  6.  Punishment  of  Counterfeiting,  42.  Clause  7. 
Post  Office,  42.  Clause  8.  Copyrights  and  Patent  Rights,  42.  Clause  9.  District  Courts, 
42.  Clause  10.  Piracy,  42.  Clause  11.  Declaration  of  War,  42.  Clause  12.  The 
Army,  42.  Clause  13.  The  Navy,  42.  Clause  14.  Rules  for  Army  and  Navy,  42. 
Clause  15.  The  Militia,  42.  Clause  16.  Organization  of  Militia,  44.  Clause  17.  Seat 
of  Government,  Dockyards,  etc.,  44.     Clause  18.  General  Power,  44. 

Section  IX.  — Powers  denied  to  the  United  States, 44 

Clause  1.  Importation  of  Slaves,  44.  Clause  2.  Writs  of  Habeas  Corpus,  44.  Clause  3. 
Bills  of  Attainder,  ex  post  facto  laws,  46.  Clause  4.  Direct  Taxes,  46.  Clause  5.  Ex- 
port Duties,  46.  Clause  6.  Forbidden  Commercial  Regulations,  46.  Clause  7.  The 
Treasury,  46.     Clause  8.  Titles  of  Nobility,  etc.,  46. 

Section  X. — Powers  denied  to  the  States, 46 

Clause  1.  Treaties,  Coinage,  etc.,  46.     Clause  2.    Duties,  48.     Clause  3.  Army,  Navy, 

etc.,  48. 

ARTICLE  II. 

executive  depaktment. 

Section  I. — President  and  Vice-President, 48 

Clause  1.  Term  of  Service,  etc.,  48.  Clause  2.  Presidential  Electors,  48.  Clause  3.  Mode 
of  Choosing  President  and  Vice-President,  50 ;  Amendment,  Article  XII. ,  52. 
Clause  4.  Time  of  choosing  Electors,  54.  Clause  5.  Qualifications  for  the  Presi- 
dency, 54.  Clause  6.  Vacancy  in  Presidency,  56.  Clause  7.  Compensation  of  the 
President,  56.     Clause  8.  Oath  of  Office,  56. 

Section  II. — Powers  of  the  President, 56 

Clause  1.  Commander-in-Chief,  Pardoning  Power,  etc.,  56.  Clause  2.  Treaties,  Appoint- 
jnent  of  Officers,  etc.,  58.     Clause  3.  Power  to  fill  Vacancies,  58. 

Section  III. — Duties  of  the  President, 58 

Messages  to  Congress,  Extra  Sessions,  Adjournment,  etc.,  58. 

Section  IV. — Impeachment  of  Hie  President,  etc., 60 

The  Officers  liable  to  Impeachment,  60. 


CONTENTS. 


ARTICLE   HI. 

JUDICIAL  GOVERNMENT.  PAGE 

Section  I.  —  Untied  States  Courts, 60 

Supreme  Courts,  District  Courts,  Tenure  of  Office,  60. 
Section  II. — Jurisdiction  of  the  United  States  Courts, 60 

Clause  1.  Extent  of  Jurisdiction,  60.  Clause  2.  Jurisdiction  of  the  Supreme  Court,  62. 
Clause  3.  Mode  and  Place  of  Trial,  63. 

Section  III.  — Ti-eason, 62 

Clause  1.  Definition  of  Treason,  62.  Clause  2.  Proof  of  Treason,  62.  Clause  3.  Pun- 
ishment of  Treason,  62. 

ARTICLE  IV. 

GENERAL  PROVISIONS. 

Section  I. — State  Becords, 64 

Credit  of  State  Records,  64. 

Section  II. — Privileges  of  Citisens,  etc., 64 

Clause  1.  Rights  of  Citizenship,  64.  Clause  2.  Restoration  of  Criminals,  64.  Clause  3. 
Restoration  of  Slaves,  64. 

Section  III. — Neto  States  and  Territories, 64 

Clause  1.  Admission  of  New  States,  64.     Clause  2.  Government  of  Territories,  64. 

Section  IV. — Guarantee  to  the  States, 66 

Guarantee  of  Republican  Government,  Protection  against  Invasion,  etc. ,  66. 

ARTICLE  V, 

POWER  OP  AMENDMKNT. 

Necessity  of  such  a  Power,  Mode  of  Making  Amendments,  Limitation  to  the  Power  of 
Amendment,  66. 

ARTICLE  VI. 

miscellaneous  provisions. 

Clause  1.  Assumption  by  the  United  States  of  the  Debts  of  the  Confederation,  68. 
Clause  2.  Supremacy  of  the  Constitution,  Laws  and  Treaties  of  the  United  States, 
68.     Clause  3.  Oath  of  Office,  Religious  Tests,  68. 

ARTICLE  VII. 

ratification  of  THE  CONSTITUTION. 

Mode  of  Ratifying  the  Constitution,  68. 


10  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

AMENDMENTS   TO   THE   CONSTITUTION, 70 

Article  I. — Freedom  of  Religion,  etc., 76 

Freedom  of  Religion,  of  Speech,  and  of  the  Press,  76. 
Article  II. — Eirjht  to  bear  Arms, 76 

Right  to  bear  Arms,  76. 

Article  III. — Quartering  Soldiers  on  Citizens, 76 

Article  IV. — Search  Wairants, 76 

The  Right  to  be  Free  from  Unreasonable  Searches,  76. 
Article  V.  —  Trial  for  Crimes,  etc., 78 

The  Grand  Jury,  Mode  of  making  Indictments,  Courts-martial,  78. 
Article  VI. — Rights  of  Accused  Persons, 78 

Right  of  Trial  by  Jury,  etc.,  78. 
Artici-e  VII.  — Suits  at  Common  Law, 78 

Right  of  Trial  by  Jury  in  Civil  Suits,  78. 
Article  VIII. — E.tcessive  Bail,        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .80 

Origin  of  this  Article,  81. 
Articles  IX.  and  X. , 80 

Mode  of  Construing  the  Constitution,  80. 
Article  XL, 80 

Limitation  of  Judicial  Power,  80. 
Article  XII., 52 

Mode  of  Electing  President  and  Vice-President,  53. 

Article  XIIL, 80 

Section  1.  Slavery  and  Involuntary  Servitude,  80.     Section  2.  Enforcing  Power  of 
Congress,  80. 
Article  XIV., 80 

Section  1.  Equal  Privileges  and  Rights  of  the  Citizens  of  the  United  States,  80. 
Section  2.  Denial  of  Right  to  Vote  entailing  Reduced  Representation,  82.  Sec- 
tion 3.  Disabilities  of  Rebels,  82.  Section  4.  Public  Debts,  Valid  and  Void,  84. 
Section  5.  Enforcing  Power  of  Congress,  84. 

Article  XV., 84 

Section  1.  Rights  of  the  Citizens  to  Vote,  84.  Section  2.  Enforcing  Power  of  Con- 
gress, 84. 

APPENDIX, 86 

Table  A. — Rank  and  Representation  of  the  United  States, 86 

Table  B. — Qualifications  of  President,  Vice-President,  Senator  and  Representative,       .  86 

Table  C. — List  of  the  Presidents, 86 

Tabled. — Historical  Table  of  United  States  and  Territories, 87 

Table  E.— Abolition  of  Slavery, 87 

Notes, 88 


THE  DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDEICE. 


LA  DECLARATION  D'INDEPENDAiNCE.        ^declaration  of 

INDEPENDENCE. 

DilCLARATION  DE3  REPR^SENTANTS   DES  ]fcTATS-TJNI3 

D'AM^RIQTJE,    ASSEMBLES   EN   C0NGR1:S.  ^  BECLARATION  BY  THE  REPRESENTA- 

TIVES OF    THE   UNITED    STATES    OP 
AMERICA,  IN  CONGRESS  ASSEMBLED. 


FRENCH.          i  ENGLISH. 

LoRSQUE,  dans  le  cours  des  evenements  hnmains,  When,  in  the  course  of  human 

il  devient  necessaire  pour  iin  peuple  de  rompre  events,  it  becomes  necessary  for 

,       ,.                ,...                  •  11   ii      I     •      >_   '                i           .  one  people  to  dissolve  the  political 

es  liens  pohtiques  qm  lattachaient  a  un  autre,  et  ,     /     ,.,  .                 /■,  ,, 

i           ^           -i              ^                                             '  bands  which  have  connected  them 

de  prendre,  parini  les  puissances  de  la  terre,  le  withanother,  and  to  assume,  among 

rang  egal   et   separe    auquel   lui   donnent  droit  the  powers  of  the  earth,  the  sepa- 

les  lois  de  la  nature  et  du  Dieu  de  la  nature,  rate  and  equal  station  to  which  the 

,                   A.         ^     M  ^'^'        J                   1            •  laws  of  nature  and  of  nature's  God 

un  luste  respect  pour  ropinion  du  genre  numain  ^.,,    ,^           ,       , 

•'                  r          r               i                      o              ^  entitle  them,  a  decent  respect  to 

I'obligo  a  declarer  les  causes  qui  le  poussent  a  cette  the  opinions  of  mankind  requires 

separation.  that  they  should  declare  the  causes 

which  impel  them  to  the  separa- 
tion. 

Nous  tenons  ces  v^rites  pour  evidentes-que  ^^  ^^^^^  ,^^^^^  truths  to  be  self- 
tons   les    homines    SOnt   crees    egaUX  ;    qu'ils    sont  evident— that  all  men  are  created 

doues  par  leur  Createur  de  certains  droits  in-  equal ;  that  they  are  endowed  by 

alienables  ;    que   parmi   cenx-ci   sont   la   vie,  la  "^^''"  ^^^'^'^^"^  ^^^'^  ^"*^^"  ^"^^^^"• 

,.,       ^,           ,                    ',111                r\  able  rights;  that  among  these  are 

hbertc   et  la  ponrsuite  du  bonhenr.     Que,  pour  j.^^^  ij^^^^^^  ^„^  ^^^^  p^^^^.^  ^^ 

assurer  cea  droits,  des  gouvernements  sont  insti-  happiness.    That,  to  secure  these 

tuea   parmi   les   hoinmes,   tirant   leura  legitimes  nglits,  governments  are  instituted 

pouvoirs  du  conaentement  des  gouvernes  ;  que,  ^^""^s  men,  deriving  their  just 

^      .        1        p   .           ,           ,.                     1                   ,  powers  from   the   consent  of  the 

toutes  les  roia  qu  une  torme  quelconque  de  ffou-  ^         j   *,  *    i               „*„,^ 

^^                             ^              "1               »  governed ;  that,  whenever  any  lorm 

vernement  devient  destructive  de  cea  fins,  c'est  le  of  government  becomes  destructive 

droit  du  peuple  de  la  changer  ou  de  I'abolir,  et  of  these  ends,  it  is  the  right  of  the 


DIE  UMBHANGIGKEITSERKLARUNG. 


NOTES. 


EINB  ERKLARUNG  DER  IM  CONGRESS  VERSAMMELTEN    VER- 
TRETER  DER  VEREINIttTEN   STAATEN   VON   AMERIKA. 


HISTORICAL,    POLITICAL    AND    GRAM- 
MATICAL. 


GERMAN. 

Wenn  es  im  Lauf e  der  Ereignisse  einem  Yolke 
notig  ersclieint,  die  politischen  Bande,  welclie  es 
bislier  init  einem  andereu  verkniipft  haben,  zu 
loseii  nnd  unter  den  Machten  der  Erde  die  selbst- 
standige  und  gleiche  Stellung  einzunehmen,  zu 
welcber  es  durch  die  Gesetze  der  Natur  und 
Gottes  berecbtigt  ist,  so  verJangt  die  gebiihrende 
Acbtung  vor  der  Meinung  der  Mitmenschen,  dass 
es  die  Griinde  angiebt,  welcbe  es  zu  dieser  Tren-( 
nuiig  veranlasst  haben. 

Wir  balten  die  folgenden  Grundsatze  fiir  un- 
umstosslich — dass  alle  Menscben  gleicb  geboren 
sind ;  dass  sie  voni  Schopfer  niit  gewissen  un- 
verausserlicben  Recbten  ausgestattet  sind  und  dass 
Leben,  Freibeit  und  das  Streben  nacb  Gliick  zu 
diesen  Recbten  geboren  ;  dass,  um  diese  Eecbte 
zu  sicliern,  die  Yolker  Regierungen  eingesetzt 
haben,  welcbe  ibre  Macht  von  der  Zustininiung 
der  Regiei'ten  erhalten  ;  dass,  wenn  irgend  welclie 
Handlungen  der  Regierung  diese  Grundsatze 
scbadigen,  es  das  Recbt  der  Yolker  ist,  dieselbe 


N.B. — The  vacant  spaces  in  this  column 
can  be  filled  with  newspaper  clippings 
and  miscellaneous  notes  by  the  student. 

Prior  to  the  Revolution  in  the 
British  colonies,  which  afterwards 
constituted  the  United  States  of 
America,  there  existed  three  forms 
of  colonial  government,  Provincial 
or  Royal,  Charter  and  Proprietary. 

Provincial  or  Royal  governments 
were  those  under  the  immediate 
control  of  the  sovereign  of  Great 
Britain.  New  Hampshire,  New 
York,  New  Jersey,  Virginia,  North 
Carolina,  South  Carolina  and  Geor- 
gia were  under  Provincial  govern- 
ments. 

Charter  governments  were  those 
under  the  immediate  control  of 
the  sovereign,  but  having  political 
rights  secured  by  charter.  Massa- 
chusetts, Connecticut,  and  Rhode 
Island  were  under  Charter  govern- 
ments. 

Proprietary  governments  were 
those  under  the  immediate  con- 
trol of  Proprietaries,  who  received 
grants  in  letters  patent  from  the  sov- 
ereign.      Pennsylvania,   Delaware 


14  DECLAEATION   OF  INDEPENDENCE. 

FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 

d'instituer  im   nouveau  gouvernement,  qui  eta-  people  to  alter  or  abolish  it,  and  to 

blisse  ses  f ondations  sur  des  principes,  et  organise  ^^'"^"^^  '"^  "*^^  government,  la.ving 

.           ,  ,  its  foundations  on  such  principles, 

ses  pouvoirs  sous  uue  forme  qui  semblent  au  peu-  ^^^^  organizing  its  powers  in  such 

pie  les  plus  propres  a  assurer  sa  securite  et  son  form,  as  to  them  shall  seem  most 

bonhenr.     La   prudence,  il   est  vrai,  defend  de  likely  to  efEect  their  safety  and 

changer    des   gonvernements    longtenips    etablis  li^ppiness.    Prudence,  indeed,  will 

,                          1  /     r                              •      •                .  dictate  that  governments  long  es- 

pour  des  causes  legeres   et   transiton-es  ;^  et,   en  ^^^,.^^^^^  ^^^^^^^^  ^^^  ^^  ^^^^^^^^ 

consequence,  toutes  les  experiences  ont  deinontre  for  light  and  transient  causes ;  and, 

que  le   genre  humain   est  plus  dispose  a  SOuffrir,  accordingly,    all    experience    hath 

tant  que  les  niaux  sont  suppoi-tables,  que  de  les  ^^^^'^  ^^^^  mankind  are  more  dis- 

1                          1     T          ,    1        f                               n        M  posed  to  suffer,  while  evils  are  suf- 

redresser  en  abolissant  les  tonnes  auxquelJes  il  ^     ,,     ,,       .      ■■,..-.        , 

lerable,  than  to  right  themselves 

est  accoutume.      Mais,   quand   une  longne  suite  by  abolishing  the  forms  to  which 

d'abus  et    d'usurpations  visant  toujours   au  menie  they  are  accustomed.     But  when  a 

but,  montre  le  dessein  de  soumettre  les  homines  lo^^S  train  of  abuses  and  usurpa- 

^           ..               1       1       •!           J.   ^      J      'J.    '1           L  tions,  pursuing  invariably  the  same 

a  uu  despotisme  absolu,  ils  ont  ie  droit,  ils  ont  , .  '       .            n    ■    \ 

''                                                                   '  object,  evinces  a  design  to  reduce 

le  devoir  de  renverser  un  pareil  gouvernement,  them  under  absolute  despotism,  it 

et  de  clierclier  de  nouvelles  sauvegardes  pour  leur  is  their  right,  it  is  their  duty,  to 

future  securite.     Telle  a  ete  la  longue  patience  throw  off  such  government,  and  to 

1                     !•            i.in           i.           •    t.           4.    ^          '  provide  new  guards  for  their  future 

de  ces  colonies,   et  telle  est  maintenant  la  no-  .,      ^    ,  ,     , 

security.    Such  has  been  the  patient 

cessite  qui  les  force   a  changer  leurs   sjstemes  sufferance  of  these  colonies,  and 

anterieurs   de  gouvernement.     L'histoire  du  roi  such  is  now  the  necessity  which 

actuel  de  la  Grande-Bretagne  est  une  histoire  de  constrains  them  to  alter  their  for- 

tortS    repetes    et    d'usurpations,    ayant    tons    pour  "^er  systems  of  government^    The 

^               '  history  or  the  present  king  of  Great 

ob]et  direct   1  etablissement  d'une   tvrannie   ab-  Britain  is  a  history  of  repeated  in- 

solue   sur   ces  Etats.      En  preuve  de   ceci,  SOUmet-  juries  and  usurpations,  all  having 

tons  les  faits  a  la  sincere  appreciation  du  genre  i^  direct  object  the  establishment 

lininain             •  ^^  ^^  absolute  tyranny  over  these 

States.     To  prove  this,  let  facts  be 
submitted  to  a  candid  world. 

1.  II  a  refuse   son   assentiment  aux  lois  les  plus  l.   He  has  refused  his  assent  to 
Salutaires  et  les  plus  necessaires  au  bien  public.  laws  the  most  wholesome  and  nec- 
essary for  the  public  good. 

2.  II  a  defendu  a  ses  gouverneurs  de  faire  des  2.  He  has  forbidden  his  govern- 
lois  d'une  impoi'tance  immediate  et  pressante,  a  ors  to  pass  laws  of  immediate  and 
moins  d'en  suspendre  I'application  jusqu'a  ce  que  Pressing  importance,  unless  sus- 

,•          J.      -^i.    'i.'      1  .                i               in  pended  in  tlieir  operations  till  his 

son  assentiment  eut  ete  obtenu :  et,  quand  elles  x,-,jiwj 

,    ,                                                           '        '  ^  assent   should  be    obtained  ;   and, 

ont  ete  ainsi  suspendues,  il  a  completement  ne-  when  so  suspended,  he  has  utterly 

glige  de  s'en  OCCUper.  neglected  tg  attend  to  them. 


DECLARATION   OF  INDEPENDEJS^CE. 


15 


GERMAN. 

zu  andern  oder  abznscliaffen  und  eine  neue  Re- 
gierung  einzusetzen,  welclie  diese  Gniudsatze  fest 
halt  und  ilire  Gewalt  in  soldier  Weise  ausiibt,  die 
am  geeignetsteu  ersclieint,  die  Siclierlieit  mid 
das  Gliick  des  Volkes  zn  bewirken.  Die  Klug- 
lieit  wird  in  der  That  fordern,  dass  lange  besteh- 
ende  Regierungen  iiiclit  wegen  mibedeutender, 
fliiclitiger  Griinde  gewechselt  werden  sollten  imd 
in  Folge  davon  hat  die  Erfahrung  gezeigt,  dass 
die  Menschen  eher  geneigt  sind  zn  leiden,  so  lange 
die  IJbel  ertraglich  sind,  ,als  sicli  selbst  zu  helfen 
dadurch  dass  sie  die  gewolmte  Regierungsform 
abschaffen.  Aber  wenn  eine  lange  Reihe  vonMiss- 
handlangeu  und  Anmassungen  desselben  Char- 
aktei's  die  Absicht  zum  tJbergang  in  Despotis- 
mus  klar  erscheinen  lassen,  ist  es  ihr  Recht,  ihre 
Pflicht,  solclie  Regierung  abzuschiitteln  und  f  iir 
neuen  Schutz  ihrer  ferneren  Siclierlieit  zu  sorgen. 
In  dieser  Art  haben  diese  Colon ien  lange  gednl- 
dig  gelitten  und  deslialb  sehen  sie  sich  jetzt  ge- 
zwungen  ihre  bisherige  Regierungsform  zu  an- 
dern. Die  Geschichte  des  jetzigen  Ivonigs  von 
Grossbritannien  ist  eine  Geschichte  von  wieder- 
liolten  Unbilden  und  Anmassungen,  alle  darauf 
hinzielend,  eine  absolute  Tja'annei  iiber  diese 
Staaten  auszuiiben.  LTm  dies  zu  beweisen,  M'ollen 
wir  der  unparteiischen  Welt  die  folgenden  Tliat- 
sachen  vorlegen. 

1.  Er  hat  seine  Zustimmung  zu  Gesetzen, 
welche  fiir  das  offentliche  Wolil  selir  heilsam 
und  notig  waren,  verweigert. 

2.  Er  hat  seinen  Gouverneuren  verboten,  sehr 
dringliche  Gesetze  einzufiihren,  bis  seine  Zustim- 
mung erfolgt  ware,  und  hat  die  so  suspendierten 
Gesetze  nachher  vollig  unberiicksichtigt  gelassen. 


NOTES. 

and  Maryland  were  under  Proprie- 
tary governments. 

The  first  Continental  Congress 
was  composed  of  delegates  from  the 
above-mentioned  Thirteen  Colonies. 
They  were  called  together  in  Sep- 
tember, 1774.  They  prepared  the 
Bill  of  Rights.  The  second  Conti- 
nental Congress  met  in  May,  1775. 
They  declared  the  United  Colonies 
independent.  The  Declaration  of 
Independence  was  drawn  up  by 
Thomas  Jefferson,  John  Adams, 
Benjamin  Franklin,  Roger  Sher- 
man and  Robert  Livingstone. 

The  Declaration  of  Independence 
was  adopted  July  4,  1776,  at  which 
date  the  Continental  Congress  as- 
sumed to  be  the  National  Govern- 
ment for  the  above  -  mentioned 
Thirteen  American  Colonies  of 
Great  Britain. 

The  Continental  Congress  con- 
tinued to  be  the  National  Gov- 
ernment until  March,  1781,  when 
the  Articles  of  Confederation  were 
adopted. 


The  Articles  of  Confederation 
were  superseded  theoretically  in 
September,  1788,  by  the  present 
Constitution  of  the  United  States, 
which  Constitution  did  not  go  into 
actual  operation  until  March  4, 
1789. 

The  Continental  Congress  ema- 
nated from  the  people  of  the  sev- 
eral Colonies,  the  Articles  of  Con- 
federation from  the  States,  and  the 
Constitution  of  the  United  States 
from  the  people. 


16  DECLARATION  OF  mDEPE]S^DENCE. 

FKENCH.  ENGLISH. 

3.  II  a  refuse  de  faire  d'autres  lois  a  I'avantage      3.  He  has  refused  to  pass  other 

,  ,        ^■  ^  •   .       y  •  1  ij  laws  for  the  accommodation  of  large 

de  vastes  districts,  a  luoiiis  que  le  peuple  de  ces    ,_  .  ^     „        ,        ,     ,, 

'  .  ,  .         distnctsof  people,  unless  those  peo- 

districts  n'abandounat  sou  droit  de  representation  pj^  ^,ould  relinquish  the  right  of 
a  la  Legislature — droit  inestimable  pour  le  peuple,  representation  in  the  Legislature —a 
et  redoutable  aUX  seuls  tyrans.  "S^^t  inestimable  to  them,  and  for- 

midable to  tyrants  only. 


4.  II  a  rassemble  des  corps  legislatifs  en  des  4.  He  has  called  together  legis- 
endroits  insolites,  incommodes,  eloignes  du  lieu  lative  bodies  at  places  unusual,  un- 

°  comfortable,   and  distant  from  the 

de  depot  de  leurs  archives  publiques,  dans  le  seul  repository  of  their  public  records, 

but  de  les  ameuer  par  la  lassitude  a  se  preter  a  for  the  sole  purpose  of  fatiguing 

ses  mesures.  them    into    compliance   with    his 

measures. 

5.  II  a  frequemment  dissous  les  cliambres  re-  5-  He  has  dissolved  representa- 

presentatives  parce  qu'elles  s'opposaient,  avec  une  *^^«  ^°"^^^  repeatedly,  for  oppos- 

*^,.,„              ,     ^                    .,                              ,         ,.  ing,  with  manly  firmness,  his  inva- 

Virile  fermete,  a  ses  empietenients  sur  les  droits  ^.^^^  ^^  ^^^  ^.^^^^  ^^  ^^^  p^^p^^^ 

du  peuple. 

6.  II  a  refuse,  pendant  longtemps  apres  ces  6.  He  has  refused,  for  a  long  time 
dissolutions,  de  proceder  a  de  nouvelles  elections;  after  such  dissolutions,  to  cause 

n   .,           1,            .       J                   '      ^  '    •  1    ,'r  others  to  be  elected,   whereby  the 

ce  qui  a  lait  que  lexercice  des  pouvoirs  lesrislatirs,  ,    .  ,  ,.                 .         ^i    ^^ 

^                   ^                                    r                     »               5  legislative  powers,  incapable  of  an- 

ne  pouvant  s'annihilcr,  est  revenu  au  peuple  tout  nihiiation,  have  returned  to  the 

entier  ;  I'Etat  restant,  dans  I'intervalle,  expose  a  people  at  large  for  their  exercise  ; 

tons  les  dangers  des  invasions  du  dehors,  et  des  *^^^  ^'^*®  remaining,  in  the  meau- 

T   .           1      J    J  time,  exposed  to  all  the  dangers  of 

convulsions  du  dedans.  ■       ■       ,          ..,     .       j 

invasions  from  without,   and  con- 
vulsions within. 

7.  II   s'est   efforce   d'eiripecher  ces   EtatS  de   se  7.   He  has  endeavored  to  prevent 

peupler;  entravant  dans  ce  but  les  lois  pour  la  the  population  of  these  states ;  for 

naturalisation  des  etrangers;  refusant  d'en  faire  *^^*  P^^'P^"^  obstructing  the  laws 

,,      ,                                                    ,                ...  for  the  naturalization  of  foreigners ; 

d  autres  pour  eiicourager  leur  migration  en  ce  ^    .     ,            .,      * 

^                           00  refusing  to  pass  others  to  encourage 

pays,  et  elevant  les  conditions  pour  les  nouvelles  their  migration  hither,  and  raising 

appropriations  des  terres.  the  conditions   of  new  appropria- 


tions of  lands. 


8.  II  a  entrave  I'administration  de  la  justice,  en      8.  He  has  obstructed  the  admin- 
ref usant  sa  sanction  a  des  lois  destinees  a  etablir  i^tration  of  justice,  by  refusing  iiis 

,  ......  assent  to  laws  for  establishing  lu- 

les  pouvoirs  ludiciaires.  ,.  . 

^  J  diciary  powers. 

9.  II  a  rendu  les  juges  dependants  de  sa  seule      9.  He  has  made  judges  depend- 


DECLARATION   OF   INDEPENDENCE.  17 

GERMAN.  NOTES. 

3.  Er  hat  sich  geweigert  andere  Gesetze  einzu-  In  the  Declaration  of  Indepen- 

MT   1        n..       1        -rrr  11                     T\'  i.  '^4-^  dcjice  the  revolting  Colonies  were 

iren,  welclie  fur  das    Wolil  grosser  Districte  „  ^  xv     tt  •*  ^   c*  *       * 

'                                                       °  first   called   the   United    States   or 

notig  waren,  es  sei  denn,  dass  deren  Bevolkerung  America. 

ihr  Recht  anf  Yertretung  in  der  gesetzgebenden      On  June  11,  1776,  the  same  day 

Yersammlung  aufgabe,— ein  Recht,  das  ilir  heilig  on   which  a  committee  was  ap- 

ist  und  das  nur  Tyrannen  gefahrlich  ersclieineu  P°;"*f  ^5  Congress  for  preparing 

*'  °  a  Declaration  of  Independence,  it 

Rann.  ^jjg    resolved    to   appoint    another 

4.  Er  liat  gesetzgebende  Korperschaften  an  committee  to  prepare  and  digest 
Orte  zusammen  berufen,  welche  abgelegen  und  t^ie  ^orm  of  a  Confederation  to  be 

r  J  A     -cu         1  i.       1        ^cc  „4-T      entered  into  between  the  Colonies, 

tern  von  dem  Atitbewatirungsorte  der  ottentli-  ^,  .  .  ^  ,    ^^^,  ^  , 

°  A  1     •  1         ^^^^  committee,  on  July  12th  fol- 

chen  Lrknnden  waren,  in  der  alleinigen  Absicht,  lowing,  reported  a  plan  of  a  Con- 
die  Yolksvertreter  durch  die  damit  verkniipften  federacy. 
Unistande  seinern  Willen  gefiigig  zu  inachen.  This  draft,   after   debate,   was 

5.  Er  hat  Yolksvertretungen  wiederholt  auf-  ^""^l^ ^^'"^'tt^^  ^""S'""'"'  ^"' 

^  .  .         vember  15,  1777. 

gelost,  well  sie  mit  mannhcher  Festigkeit  seine      Tj^^g^  Articles  of  Confederation 

Eingriffe  in  die  Yolksrechte  zuriickwiesen.  were  ratified  in  July,  1778,  by  the 

delegates  from  all  the   States,  ex- 
.  A     J3"  cepting  New  Jersey,  Delaware  and 

6.  Er  hat  lange  Zeit  nach  solchen  Auflosungen    Maryland.    They  were  subsequent- 

iiene  Wahlen  nieht  zngelassen,  so  dass  die  Yolks-  ij  signed  on  the  part  of  New  Jer- 

vertreter   ihre   Rechte   nicht    ausiiben   konnten,  sey,  November  25,  1778,  and  were 

und    ihren   Wahlern   ihr   Mandat    zuriickgeben  ^^^^^^^^  «"  ^^^  P=^^*^  ^^  Delaware, 

...  ,  ,,         ry   .^    J        c^     ^      11         February  22,  1779.     The  delegates 

mussten,  wahrend  welcher  Zeit  der  Staat  alien  ^^^^  Maryland  did  not  sign  until 

Gefahren  von  Aussen  und  Unruhen  im  Innern  March  l,  1781,  and,  on  the  second 
ausgesetzt  war.  day  of  March,  1781,  Congress  as- 

sembled under  the  Confederation. 
The  government  of  the  United 

7.  Er  hat  versucht,  die  Colotlisation  dieser  states  has  passed  through  the  three 
Staaten  zu  verhindern  und,  zn  diesem  Zweck,  following  forms:  Revolutionary, 
die  Gesetze  f  iir  die  Naturalisation  der  Fremden  Confederate  and  Constitutional. 

,  ,  ,     ^  ,        ,  ^  r^        ^  Thi9  Revolutionary  Government 

erschwert ;    er  hat   verweio-ert,   andere   Gesetze,      .    a  a   t        *t,     t-^      f  *v. 
'  n       '  '    extended    from   the    time   or   the 

welche  die  Einwandorung  und  den  Erwerb  von  meeting  of  the  first  Continental 

Grundeigentum  crleiehtern  solltcn,  einzufiihren.    Congress,  March  5,  1774,  to  the 

final  ratification  of  the  Articles  of 

Confederation,  March  1,  1781. 

8.  Er  hat  die  Justizverwaltung  erschwert,  in-  Tj^g  Confederate  Government 
dem  er  seine  Zustirnmung  zu  Gesetzen  verwei-  extended  from  the  ratification  of 
gerte,  welche  die  Einsetzung  von  Gerichtsbehor-  the  Articles  of  Confederation,  to 

1        1      u   'c-i  Hi-  the   time    when    the    Constitution 

den  herbeiruhren  sollten.  ...  ..        -^^     ^.    a 

went    into    operation,     March    4, 

9.  Er  hat  die  Richter  von  seinem  alleinigen   1789. 


18  DECLARATION   OF   INDEPENDENCE. 

FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 

volonte  pour  la  conservation  de  leiirs  sieges,  et  la  ent  on  his  will  aloue  for  the  tenure 
qnotite  et  le  paiement  de  leurs  salaires.  «^  "^''''  °®'^''  ^""^  "'^  '''°'°""*  *"*^ 

payment  of  their  salaries. 

10.  II  a  cree  quantite  de  nonveaiix  emplois,  et      l^-  ^e  has  erected  a  multitude 

,     .   .     J  .  J       r        ,•  •  of   new     offices,    and    sent    hither 

envoye   ici  des   essaims  de  lonctionnaires   ponr  i.   ^       .  , 

''  '  swarms  of  officers  to  harass  our  peo- 

opprimer  notre  penple  et  devorer  sa  substance.        pie  and  eat  out  their  substance. 

11.  II  a  maintenu  au  milieu  de  nous,  en  temps  H-  He  has  kept  among  us  in 
de  paix,   des  armces  permanentes,  sans  le  con-  *^°^"'  ^^  P^^^^'  ^^""•^'"^  ^'"^'"'^ 

-r  f    >  I  Without  the  consent  of  our  Legis- 

sentement  de  nos  Legislatures.  latures 

12.  II  a  affectc  de  rendre  le  pouvoir  militaire  13.  He  has  affected  to  render  the 
independant   du   pouvoir    civil,    et    superieur   a  "^^li^ary  independent  of,  and  su- 

,    .     .  perior  to,  the  civil  power. 

celui-ci. 

13.  II  s'est  joint  a  d'autres  pour  nous  soumettre      ^^-  ^e  has  combined  with  others 

•J-   i.'         'i.  '         <  .•.     .•  i.    to  subject  us  to  a  iurisdiction  for- 

a  une  lundiction  etrangere  a  nos  constitutions,  et     .       •'  .     .  , 

•'  T  •         1  ®'S^^  ^*^  ^^^  constitutions,  and  nn- 

non  reconnue  par  nos  lois ;  donnant  son  assenti-  acknowledged  by  our  laws  -,  giving 

ment  a  leurs  actes  de  soi-disant  legislation  : —  his  assent  to  their  acts  of  pretended 

legislation: — 

Pour    avoir    Cantonne    parmi    nous    des    corps        For  quartering    large  bodies    of 

nombreux  de  troupes  en  armes ;  *'"™^'i  t»'°ops  among  us ; 

Pour  les  avoir  proteges,  par  nn  semblant  de  ^Q'"  protecting  them,  by  a  mock 
iugement,  contre  le  chatiment  des  meurtres  qu'ils  *"^^'   ^''"'^  punishment  for  any 

.  1,1.  V-,  murders  which  they  should  com- 

commettraient  sur  les  habitants  de  ces  Etats;  ^^^  ^^  tl,,  inhabitants  of  these 

States ; 

Pour  avoir  suppritne  notre  commerce  avec  ^^^  cutting  off  our  trade  with  all 
itoutes  les  parties  du  monde ;  P^""*"  °^  "^^  ^"'^l*^  •' 

Pour  nous  avoir  impose  des  taxes  sans  notre  ^^^  imposing  taxes  on  us  with- 
consentement;  out  our  consent ; 

Pour  nous  avoir  prives,  en  bien  des  cas,  du      For  depriving  us,  in  many  cases, 

1   '     »/2        ji         •  ,  •  of  the  benefits  of  a  trial  by  jury ; 

'benence  d  un  jugement  par  jury;  •'  •'    ■^ 

Pour  nous  avoir  transportes  au-dela  des  mers,  For  transporting  us  beyond  seas, 
afin  d'y  etre  juges  .pourde  pretendus  delits ;  ^^  ^®  ^^^^^  ^or  pretended  offences  -. 

Pour  avoir  aboH  le  libre  systerae  des  lois  an-      ^°''  abolishing  the  free  system 

1    .  I  .  .  .  /,    1  ,.  of  English    laws   in    a    neighbor- 

glaises  dans  une  provmce  voisme,  y  etablissant  i^g  province,  establishing  therein 
un  gouvernement  arbitraire,  et  en  etendant  les  an  arbitrary  government,  and  en- 


DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE. 


19 


GERMAN. 

Willen  ablisingig  gemacht,  sowolil  in  Bezng  anf 
ilire  Stelluno'sbedino-uncren  wie  auf  die  Ilohe  mid 
Bezahlung  ihres  Gehalts. 

10.  Er  hat  eine  Menge  von  nenen  Amtern 
oeschaffen  und  elne  Meno^e  von  Beamten  liersre- 
saudt,  um  unser  Yolk  zu  plagen  und  auszusau- 
gen. 

11.  Er  hat  in  Friedenszeiten  in  iinserer  Mitte 
ein  Ileer  ohne  die  Zustimniung  der  Yolks ver- 
tretuno;en  gehalten. 

12.  Er  hat  danach  getrachtet,  das  Militair  un- 
abhangig  von  den  Civilbehorden  und  selbst  iiber 
dieselben  zu  stellen. 

13.  Er  hat  sich  mit  Anderen  verbunden,  uns 
zur  Unterwerfung  unter  eine  Gerichtsbarkeit  zu 
zwingen,  welche  mit  unseren  Coiistitutionen  und 
unseren  Gesetzen  im  Widersprnch  steht  und  hat 
ihre  Erlasse  vorgeblicher  Gesetzgebung  besta- 
tigt  :— 

Betreffs  Einquartierung  grosser  bewaffneter 
Truppenkorper  in  unserer  Mitte  ; 

Betreffs  Beschiitzung  dieser  Truppen  vor  Be- 
strafung  fiir  an  den  Bewohnern  dieser  Staaten 
begangene  Morde  durch  Scheinverhore  ; 


NOTES. 

The  Constitutional  Government 
is  that  which  has  existed  from 
March  4,  1789,  to  the  present 
time. 

The  Constitutional  Convention 
directed  the  new  Constitution  to 
be  laid  before  Congress,  and  pro- 
posed that  it  should  afterwards  be 
submitted  to  a  convention  of  dele- 
gates, chosen  in  each  State  by  the 
people  thereof  under  a  recommen- 
dation of  its  Legislature,  for  their 
assent  and  ratification  ;  also,  that 
as  soon  as  nine  States  had  thus 
ratified  it,  Congress  should  take 
measures  for  the  election  of  a 
President,  and  fix  the  time  and 
place  for  commencing  proceedings 
under  it.  Congress  transmitted  the 
plan  of  the  Constitution  and  the 
letter  of  the  Convention  to  the  sev- 
eral legislatures  of  the  States,  on 
September  28,  1787,  in  order  to  be 
submitted  to  a  convention  of  dele- 
gates chosen  in  each  State  by  the 
people  thereof. 


Betreffs  Abschneidung  unseres  Handels  mit 
alien  Weltteilen  ; 

Betreffs  Einfiihrung  von  Abgaben  ohne  unsere 
Zustimmung ; 

Betreffs  hiiufiger  Yerweigerung  des  Yorteils 
eines  Geschwornengerichts ; 

Betreffs  tlberfiihrung  unserer  Leute  iiber  das 
Meer,  um  dort  wegen  vorgeblicher  Yerbreehen 
vor  Gerieht  gestellt  zu  werden  ; 

Betreffs  Abschaffung  des  freien  englischen 
Rechtssystems  in  einer  benachbarten  Provinz, 
und   Einsetzung   einer   willkiirlichen  Regierung 


Conventions  assembled  in  the 
different  States,  in  1787  and  1788. 
and  the  new  system  was  at  last 
adopted,  though  with  much  oppo- 
sition. On  September  17,  1788, 
Congress,  having  received  ratifica- 
tion of  the  Constitution  from  the 
conventions  of  all  the  States  ex- 
cept North  Carolina  and  Rhode 
Island,   resolved   that  January   7, 


20  DECLARATION   OF   INDEPENDENCE. 

FKENCH.  ENGLISH. 

liiiiites,  de  maniere  a  en  faire  a  la  fois  nn  exeraple  lagging  its  boundaries,  so  as  to  ren- 

,  .      ,  ,  J  '    i.      J    •        ^  der  it  at  once  an  example  and  fit  in- 

et  un   mstrumeiit  commode   pour  mtroduire  la  ,.:,., 

'■  strument  for  introducing  the  same 

meme  regie  absolue  dans  ces  colonies  ;  absolute  rule  into  these  colonies  ; 

Pour  nous   avoir  tie  nos  chartes,  en   abolissant        For  taking    away  our   charters, 

nos  lois  les  plus  precieuses,  et  en  alterant  dans  leur  al^oiishing  our  most  valuable  laws, 

1  ^         ^       £  j„  „<.  and   alterine,    fundamentally,  the 

base  meme  les  rormes  de  nos  ffouvernements ;  ^  . 

°  forms  of  our  governments  ; 

Pour  avoir  suspendu  nos  Legislatures,  et  s'etre      ^or  suspending  our  own  Legis- 

declare  investi  du  pouvoir  de  legiferer  pour  nous  ^^*'^''^'  ^""^  declaring  themselves 

t  ,  I  invested  with  power  to  legislate  for 

dans  tons  les  cas  quelconques.  ^^  .^^  ^^^  ^^^^^  whatsoever. 


14.  II  a  abdique  da  gouvernement  de  ce  pays,      14.  He  has  abdicated  government 
en  nous  declarant  en  dehors  de  sa  protection,"' et  I'!.'t^^„,^fi^;!"f."l?!!f:*!^^^ 
en  nous  faisant  la  guerre. 


tection  and  waging  war  against  us. 


15.  II  a  pille  nos  mers,  ravage  nos  cotes,  brulc  l^-  He  has  plundered  our  seas, 
nos  villes,  et  detruit  les  existences  de  notre  pen-  ''"^"sed   our   coasts    bumed  our 

'■  towns   and   destroyed  the  lives  of 

P^'  our  people. 

16.  II  transporte  en  ce  moment  meme  de  noni-  16.  He  is  at  this  time  transport- 
breuses   armees   de   mercenaires   etraiigers  pour  "^=  ^^^S'^  armies  of  foreign  merce- 

1              ■,,                 J              i.ji'1.'            .1.  naries   to   complete   the    works  of 

achever  loeuvre  de  mort,  de  desolation  et  de  ty-  ■,,,■,,,.         ,  ^ 

'                                                    ''  death,  desolation  and  tyranny,  al- 

rannie,  deja  commencee  avec  des  circonstances  de  ready  begun  with  circumstances  of 

cruaute  et  de  perfidie  a  peine  egalees  dans  les  cruelty  and  perfidy  scarcely  parai- 

ages  les  plus  barbares,  et  absolument  indignes  du  l«^«<l  "^  t^^e  ™ost  barbarous  ages, 

1     ».  J,                ,.          ..-,.,  and  totally  unworthy  the  head  of  a 

chet  d  une  nation  civil isee.  .  .,.    ^     x. 

civilized  nation.  • 

17.  II  a  force  nos  concitoyens,  faits  prisonniers  I''-  He  has  constrained  our  fel- 
en   pleine  mer,  a  porter  les  armes  contre  leur  l«^-«^itizens,  taken  captive  on  the 

,      ,                .11                        11                  .           1  1^%^^  seas,  to  bear  arms  against  their 

patne,  a  devenir  les  bourreaux  de  leurs  amis  et  de  country,to  become  the  executioners 

leurs  freres,  ou  a  tomber  eux-memes  par  les  mains  of  their  friends  and  brethren,  or  to 

de  ceux-ci.  fall  themselves  by  their  hands. 

18.  II  a  provoque   parmi  nous  une  insurrection  18-  He  has  excited  domestic  in- 

domestique,  et  s'est  efforce  d'attirer  sur  les  habi-  «""«««o°  a™«"g  "«-  ^nd  l^^s  en- 

,                „          .,                  T     T  deavored  to  bring  on  the  inhabi- 

tants  de  nos  frontieres  les  Indiens,  ces  sauvages  tants  of  our  frontiers  the  merciless 

sans  pitie,  dont  le  code  de  guerre,  on  le  sait,  con-  Indian  savages,  whose  known  rule 


DECLAKATION   OF   INDEPENDENCE.  21 

GERMAN.  NOTES. 

daselbst,  und  Vergrosserung   der  Grenzen  der-  1789,  should  be  the  day  for  ap- 

selben,   urn   sie    zum   Yorbilde   iind    passenden  P«^"*"^s  ^^^^^^"^^   "^   *^^^   ^^^^"-^^ 

1.111  States    which    may    have    ratified 

Werkzeuge     zur     Einfuhrung     gleich     absoluter  t,^^  Constitution  before  that  day  ; 

HeiTschaf  t  in  unseren  Colonien  zu  machen  ;  that  February  4th  should  be  the 

Betreffs     Entziehung     unserer     Grundrechte,  «^^-^  ^«'"  ^^e  Electors  to  assemble 

.  ,      ,     rr  11   ,         i-i        .  1  ^"d  vote  for  a  President ;  and  that 

Abschaffung   unserer   wertvollsten  Gesetze   und  the  following  March  4th  should  be 

Anderung  unserer   Eegierungsform  von    Grund  the  time  for  commencing  opera- 

aus  :  tions    under   the   Constitution,    at 

•r,  ,      rr         K     i\..  tt  ii  .      -  New  York,  then  the  seat  of  gov- 

iietretts     Aunosunof    unserer    Volksvertretun-  . 

»  ernment. 

gen    und  der   Erklarung,    niit    JVIacht    bekleidet      Accordingly,  elections  were  held 

zu    sein,  Gesetze    f  iir    uns    in    alien   Fallen    zu   er-  in  the  several  States  for  Electors  ; 

lassen  ^"'^    *^®   Electors  thus   appointed 

met  and  voted  for  President  and 

14.  Er  hat  seine  Eegierung  liier  niederge-  vice-President.  There  were  si xty- 
legt,  dadurch  dass  er  uns  f  iir  ausserlialb  seines  nine  electoral  votes  cast,  of  whicli 
Schutzes  stehend  erklart,  und  Krieg  gegen  uns  ^^orge  Washington  received  the 
1  1  ,  whole  number,  and  was  therefore 
begonnen  hat.  .        ,     ,'       ,  „      j    x 

°  unanimously  elected  President. 

15.  Er  hat  unsere  Meere  gepliindert,  unsere  John  Adams  received  thirty- 
Iviisten   beraubt,    unsere    Stadte   verbrannt   und  four,  the  next  greatest  number  of 

1       TV  nr-i-u--  •  1  i.   i.  votes,    and   was   therefore   elected 

das  Leben  unserer  Mitburger  verniehtet.  ,,.     '      . , 

"  Vice-President. 

16.  Er  sendet  eben  jetzt  grosse  Armeen  frem-      The  States,  having  also  elected 

der  Scildlinge  hierher,  urn  das  Werk  des  Todes,  ^^''''    ^""^*«'''    ^""^    Representa- 

^^  1     m  •  11       1  tives,  the  first  Constitutional  Con- 

der   Verwiistung   und   Tvrannei    zu   voUenden  ;  g^ess,  composed  of  representatives 

dies  ist  bereits  niit  einer  Grausarakeit  und  Treu-  from  the  eleven  states  which  had 

losigkeit    geschehen,  die  in   den    barbarischsten  t^ien  ratified  the  Constitution,  as- 

Zeiten   kaum    ihres   Gleichen   linden    und   dam  '"°^^^"^  ^"  Wednesday,  March  4, 

-,,  ,  .    ,,.   .  TkT     •  11.  1789,    and   on   that   day  the   new 

Haupte  einer  civilisierten  Nation  vollig  unwiir-  constitution  of  the  United  states 

dig  Bind.  went  into  legal  operation  and  pro- 

n-ri     1     ,  -iir..i  ..  ceedings   were   commenced   under 

.  Er  hat  unsere  JMitburger  erezwunffen,  wenn  .,      .  „         u       i, 

°       ^  »      5  it.     A  quorum  of  members,  how- 

auf  hoher  See  gefangen  genonimen,  gegen  ilir  ever,  did  not  appear  until  April 

eigenes  Land  zu  kampfen,  die  Henker  ihrer  Brii-  1st,    and  Congress   then   entered 

der  und   Freunde   zu  werden,  oder   selbst  von  upon  the  transaction  of  business. 

J  TT"    J  ji  ^^  On  April  6th,  the  electoral  votes 

deren  Handen  zu  fallen.  .  j,  .     .-. 

were  counted   in   the  presence  or 

18.   Er  hat  Aufruhr  unter  uns  veranlasst  und  the   Senate  and    House  of  Repre- 

sich  bemiiht  die  Grenzbewohner  dem  Schreeken  ^entatives  by  the  President  of  the 

-         .  Senate,  elected   for  that  purpose, 

der  unbarmherzigen  Indianer  auszusetzen,  deren  ^„^  ^^^  ^^g^^^  appeared  as  above 

bekannte     Kriegsweise     in     einer     mitleidlosen  stated. 


22 


DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE. 


FRENCH. 

siste  a  tout  exterminer,  sans  distinction  d'age,  de 
sexe  on  de  condition. 

A  cliaque  pas  nouveau  vers  ces  abns  de  pouvoir, 
jions  en  avons  demande  le  redressement  dans  les 
tennes  les  plus  humbles ;  on  n'a  repondu  a  nos 
])etitions  rciterees  que  par  de  nouveaux  torts.  Un 
prince  dont  le  caractere  est  ainsi  marque  par  tons 
les  actes  qui  font  un  tyran,  est  indigne  de  gou- 
verner  un  peuple  libre. 

Nous  n'avons  pas  non  plus  manque  d'egards 
envers  nos  freres  de  la  Grande-Bretagne.  Nous 
les  avons  avertis,  de  temps  a  autre,  des  tentatives 
faites  par  leur  Legislature  pour  etendre  sur  nous 
uiie  juridiction  injustifiable.  Nous  leur  avons 
rappele  les  circonstances  de  notre  emigration  et 
(le  notre  ctablissement  en  ce  pays.  Nous  avons 
fait  appel  a  leur  justice  innee  et  a  leur  magna- 
iiimite,  et  nous  les  avons  conjures,  au  nom  des 
liens  de  notre  commune  parente,  de  desavouer  ces 
usurpations,  qui  interrompraient  inevitablement 
nos  liens  et  nos  rapports.  lis  out  ete,  eux  aussi, 
eourds  a  la  voix  de  la  justice  et  du  sang.  Nous 
devons  done  ceder  a  la  necessite  qui  exige  notre 
separation,  et  les  tenir  comme  nous  tenons  le 
reste  du  genre  liumain — pour  ennemis,  en  temps 
de  guerre  ;  pour  amis,  en  temps  de  paix. 

C'est  pourquoi  nous,  representants  des  ^fitats- 
TJnis  d'Amerique,  assembles  en  Congres  general, 
prenant  le  Juge  Supreme  de  I'Univers  a  temoin 
de  la  droiture  de  nos  intentions,  publions  et  de- 
clarons  solennellement,  au  nom  et  par  I'autoritc 
du  bon  peuple  de  ces  colonies,  que  les  dites  colo- 
nies unies  sont,  et  doivent  etre  de  plein  droit,  des 
Etats  libres  et  independants ;  qu'elles  sont  dega- 
gees  de  toute  allegeance  a  la  couronne  britannique, 


ENGLISH. 

of  warfare  is  an  undistinguished 
destruction  of  all  ages,  sexes  and 
conditions. 

In  every  stage  of  these  oppres- 
sions we  have  petitioned  for  redress 
in  the  most  humble  terms ;  our 
repeated  petitions  have  been  an- 
swered only  by  repeated  injury. 
A  prince  whose  character  is  thus 
marked  by  every  act  which  may 
define  a  tyrant,  is  unfit  to  be  the 
ruler  of  a  free  people. 

Nor  have  we  been  wanting  in  our 
attentions  to  our  British  brethren. 
We  have  warned  them,  from  time 
to  time,  of  attempts  by  their  Legis- 
lature to  extend  an  unwarrantable 
jurisdiction  over  us.  We  have  re- 
minded them  of  the  circumstances 
of  our  emigration  and  settlement 
here.  We  have  appealed  to  their 
native  justice  and  magnanimity, 
and  we  have  conjured  them  by 
the  ties  of  our  common  kindred 
to  disavow  these  usurpations, 
which  would  inevitably  interrupt 
our  connections  and  correspond- 
ence. They,  too,  have  been  deaf 
to  the  voice  of  justice  and  of 
consanguinity.  We  must,  there- 
fore, acquiesce  in  the  necessity 
which  denounces  our  separation, 
and  hold  them  as  we  hold  the  rest 
of  mankind — enemies  in  war ;  in 
peace,  friends. 

We, therefore,  the  representatives 
of  the  United  States  of  America  in 
general  Congress  assembled,  ap- 
pealing to  the  Supreme  Judge  of 
the  world  for  the  rectitude  of  our 
intentions,  do,  in  the  name  and  by 
the  authority  of  the  good  people  of 
these  colonies,  solemnly  publish 
and  declare  that  these  united  col- 
onies are,  and  of  right  ought  to  be, 
free  and  independent  States  ;   that 


DECLAKATION   OF  INDEPENDENCE.  23 

GERMAN.  NOTES. 

Vernichtnng  von  Personen  jedes  Alters  und  Ge-  On  Thursday,  April  30th,  George 
schlechtes  besteht.  Washington  took  the  oath  required 

by  the  Constitution,  which  was  ad- 

Bei  jeder  Stufe  dieser  Verge waltigungen,  ha-  ministered  to  him  by  the  Chan- 
ben  wir  um  Abhulfe  in  den  bescheidensten  Aus-  ^•^""^/,^  '^'\^'^''  ^.^  ^"^  T"'^' 

and   delivered    his    inaugural   ad- 

driicken  gebeten  und  auf  unsere  Bitten  nur  ^ress.  John  Adams  entered  upon 
beleidigende  Antworten  erhalten.  Ein  Fiirst,  his  duties  as  President  of  the  Sen- 
dessen  Charakter   derart    einen   Tyrannen   ver-  ^te  on  Tuesday,  April  2lst. 

I  ■■     1   A.     '  i.         £■•■['       J        TT  I  •  £     •  The   ratification  of  North  Caro- 

kundet,  ist  untaliifir,  der  lierrsciier  eines  ireien  ,.  ,        .     ,  ,    ^ 

.  °  lina  was  not  received  by  Congress 

Volkes  ZU  seiU.  ^^^t^  January,  1790,    and   tliat  of 

Rhode   Island   not   until   June   of 
Audi  haben   wir  nicht  verfehlt,  die  Aufmerk-   the  same  year.     In  the  meantime 
samkeit    uuserer    englischen   Briider   auf    diese  those  states  had  been  regarded  as 
Missbrauche    zu    lenken.     Wir    haben    sie    von  foreign  states. 

rr   •.  rj   •,  ^  -jii.  -\T  1  The  following    are  the  dates  of 

Zeit   zu   Zeit    vor   den  wiederlioiten    Versuchen  ^,        ^.„    ^.     °„  ^,     _,     ^.^  ^. 

the  ratification  of  the  Constitution 

gewarnt,  ihre  unerlaubte  Gerichtsbarkeit  iiber  ^y  each  of  the  original  thirteen 
uns   auszuiiben.     Wir   haben   ihren   natiirlichen  States: 

Rechtssinn   und   ihre   Grossmut   angerufen  und      1-  Delaware,  December  7,  1787. 
•     11  •     1     •     1        r»       J         J  •  3.  Pennsylvania,    December  12, 

Wir  liaben  sie  bei  den  Banden  der  gemeinsamen  -(707 

Yerwandtschaft  beschworen,  diese  Anmassungen      3^  -^^^  Jersey,    December  18, 

nicht  gut   zu  heissen,  da  solche   unvermeidlich  1787. 

ziiin  Abbruche  unserer  Beziehungen  f  iihreu  wiir-      4.  Georgia,  January  2,  1788. 

1  1      1       •     1      •  p  -\T       i.  ^\  •  5.  Connecticut,  January  9,  1788. 

den,  doch  sind  sie  aut  unsere    Vorstellungen  in      „   ,,       ,       '       ,.  /  „ 

'  _         _  ®  6.  Massachusetts,     February    6, 

Bezug  auf  Gerechtigkeit  und  Bhitsverwandtschaft  j^gg^ 

taub  geblieben.     Wir  sehen  uns  daher  zu  einer      7.  Maryland,  April  28,  1788. 

Trennung  von  ihnen  gezwungen  und  miissen  sie      ^-  South  Carolina,  May  23, 1788. 

wie  die  iibrige  Menschheit — als  Feinde  im  Krieg,        '     ®^      ^^^^  ^^^' 

— ira  Frieden  als  Freunde  betrachten.  10.  Virginia,  June  26,  1788. 

11.  New  York,  July  26,  1788. 

12.  North    Carolina,    November 
Indem  wir,  als  Yertreter  der  Yereinigten  Staa-  21, 1789. 

ten  von  Araerika  iin  Congress  versammelt,  in  13.  Rhode  Island,  May  39, 1790. 
Bezug  auf  die  Gerechtigkeit  unserer  Absichten 
an  den  hochsten  Richter  der  Welt  appellieren, 
crkliiren  wir  im  Namen  und  im  Auftrage  der 
Bevolkerung  dieser  Colonien  hiermit  feierlichst, 
dass  diese  Colonien  jetzt  von  Rechtswegen  freie 
und  unabhangige  Staaten  sind,  dass  sie  der  eng- 
lischen Krone  nicht  mehr  angehoren  und  dass 


24 


DECLARATION   OF   INDEPENDENCE. 


FKENCH. 

et  que  tout  lieu  politique  entre  elles  et  l'£tat  de 
la  Grande-Bretagne  est,  et  doit  etre,  complete- 
ment  rompu,  et  que,  en  quality  d'Etats  libres  et 
independants,  elles  ont  plein  pouvoir  de  declarer 
la  guerre,  de  conclure  la  paix,  de  contracter  des 
alliances,  d'etablir  un  commerce,  et  de  faire  tons 
autres  actes  et  toutes  autres  choses  que  les  Etats 
independants  ont  le  droit  de  faire.  Et  a  Tappui 
de  cette  Declaration,  avec  une  ferme  confiance 
dans  la  protection  de  la  divine  Providence,  nous 
engageons  mutuellement  les  uns  envers  les  autres, 
iiotre  vie,  notre  fortune,  et  notre  houneur  sacre. 


La  declaration  ci-dessus  fut,  par  ordre  du  Con- 
gres,  grossoyee,  et  signee  par  les  membres  dont 
suivent  les  noms : 

JoHx  Hancock. 


ENGLISH. 

they  are  absolved  from  all  allegi- 
ance to  the  British  crown,  and  that 
all  political  connection  between 
them  and  the  State  of  Great  Bri- 
tain is,  and  ought  to  be,  totally 
dissolved,  and  that,  as  free  and  in- 
dependent States,  they  have  full 
power  to  levy  war,  conclude  peace, 
contract  alliances,  establish  com- 
merce, and  do  all  other  acts  and 
things  which  independent  States 
may  of  right  do.  And  for  the  sup- 
port of  this  Declaration,  with  a  firm 
reliance  on  the  protection  of  Divine 
Providence,  we  mutually  pledge  to 
each  other  our  lives,  our  fortunes, 
and  our  sacred  honor. 

The  foregoing  declaration  was,  by 
order  of  Congress,  engrossed,  and 
signed  by  the  following  members: 

John  Hancock. 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 

JOSIAH   BABTLETT. 

William  Whipple, 
Matthew  Thoknton. 

MASSACHUSETTS  BAY. 
Samuel  Adams, 
John  Adams, 
Robert  Tbeat  Paine, 
Elbbidoe  Gebry. 

RHODE  ISLAND. 
Stephen  Hopkins, 
William  Ellebt. 

CONNECTICUT. 
Roger  Shebman, 
Samuel  Huntington, 
William  Williams, 
OuvER  Wolcott. 


NEW  YORK. 
William  Floyd, 
Philip  Livingston, 
Fbancis  Lewis, 
Lewis  Mobbis. 

NEW  JERSEY. 
Richard  Stockton, 
John  Withebspoon, 
Francis  Hopkinson, 
John  Hart, 
Abbahah  Clabk. 

PENNSYLVANIA. 
RoBEBT  Morris, 
Benjamin  Rush, 
Benjamin  Franklin, 
John  Mobton, 
Geobge  Clymer, 
James  Smith, 


George  Taylor, 
JAMB'S  Wilson, 
George  Ross. 

DELAWARE. 
C«f>AB  Rodney, 
Geobge  Read, 
Thomas  M'Kean. 

MARYLAND. 
Samuel  Chase, 
William  Paca, 
Thomas  Stone, 
Chables  Cabboll,  of  Car- 
ToUton. 

VIRGINIA. 
Geobob  Wythe, 
RicHABD  Henby  Lbk, 
Thomas  Jkffebson, 


Benjamin  Harbison, 
Thomas  Nelsom,  Jun., 
Francis  Lightfoot  Lee, 
Cabteb  Bbaxton. 

NORTH  CAROLINA. 
William  Hoopeb, 
Joseph  Hewes, 
John  Penn. 

SOUTH  CAROLINA. 
Edwabd  RtrrLEOGE, 
Thomas  Heyward,  Jun., 
Thomas  Lynch,  Jun., 
Arthur  Middleton. 

GEORGIA. 
Button  Gwinnett, 
Lyman  Hall, 
Geoboe  Walton. 


DECLARATION   OF  INDEPENDENCE.  25 

GERMAN.  NOTES. 

alle  politische  Verbindung  zwischen  ihnen  und 
Grossbritannien  ganzlich  aufgelost  ist ;  und  dass 
sie  ferner  als  freie,  iinabbangige  Staaten  das 
voile  Recbt  baben,  Krieg  zu  erklaren,  Frieden 
zu  scbliessen,  Yertrage  einzugeben,  Handel  zu 
eroffnen  und  alle  sonstigen  Scbritte  zu  tbun,  zu 
denen  unabbangige  Staaten  berecbtigt  sind.  Zur 
Aufrecbtbaltung  dieser  Erldarung,  niit  festem 
Yertrauen  auf  die  gottliebe  Yorsebung,  ver- 
pflicbten  wir  uns  gegenseitig  mit  unserem  Le- 
ben,  unserem  Yermogen  und  unserem  heiligen 
Ebrenwort. 


Die  vorstebende  Erklarung  wurde  durch  Be- 
scbluss  des  Congresses  ausgefertigt  und  von  fol- 
genden  Mitgliedern  unterzeicbnet : 


John  Hancock. 


THE  CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


CONSTITUTION  DES  ETATS-UNIS.  constitution 

OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 

Nous,  le  peuple  des  fitats-Unis,  afin  de  former      We,  the  People  of  the  United 

line  union  plus  parfaite,  d'etablir   la  justice,  d'as-  States,  in  order  to  form  a  more  per- 

k,  •^^'.'    '   \i   •  n  •      <    i  fect  union,  establish  justice,  insure 

tranquillite  interieure,  de  pourvoir  a  la  ,        ,.    :         .„./         '      » 

^  '  f  domestic   tranquillity,  provide  for 

d(ifense  commune,  de  donner  I'essor  au  bien  pn-  the  common  defence,  promote  tlie 

blic,  et   de   nous   assurer   a   nous-memes  et   a  llOS  general   welfare,    and    secure   the 

descendants  les  bienfaits  de  la  liberte,  ordonnons  tlessingsof  liberty  to  ourselves  and 

,    /.    IT  1  '        i.      /-I  1  our  posterity,  do  ordain  and  estab- 

et  etablissons  la  presente  Constitution  pour  les  ,. ,  ^, .     ^ 

^  ^  *  lish   this    Constitution  for    the 

Etats- Unis  d'Amerique.  United  states  of  America. 


ARTICLE  I. — Departement  Legislatif.  article  I.— Legislative  Department. 

Section  I. — Tons  les  pouvoirs  legislatifs  accor-  Section  I.— All  legislative  pow- 

desparles  presentes  seront  remis  a  un  Congres  ers  herein  granted  shall  be  vested 

,       i^          TT-    .           .                                     1,         oi  /  ^^  *  Congress  of  the  United  States, 

des  Etats-Ums,  qui  se  composera  d'un  Senat  et  which  shall  consist  of  a  Senate  and 

d'une  Chambre  des  RepresentantS.  House  of  Representatives. 

Section  II. — Paragraphe  1.  La  Cliambre  des  Section  II.  —  Cla^ise  l.    The 

RepresentantS  se  composera  de  membres  choisis  H""^°  ^^  Representatives  shall  be 

,11                              ,                1       1         T             -fs      .  composedof  members  chosen  every 

tons  les  deux  ans  par  le  peuple  des  divers  Etats,  ^..^^^  y,^,  ^y  the  people  of  the 

et  les  electeurs   de  ehaque  Etat   devront  avoir  several  states,  and  the  electors  in 

les  qualites  requises  pour  les  electeurs  du  corps  ®*^^^  ^*^*"  ^^^^'^  ^^^"'^  ^^®  qualifica- 

1        1                 1              J     1     T  '    •  1    i           ji-ri^    i  tions  requisite  for  electors  of  the 

le  plus  nombreux  de  la  Legislature  d'Etat.  ,                 ,        ,    *  ^i    c*  . 

^                                                 =*  most  numerous  branch  of  the  State 

Legislature. 


VERFASSUNG  DER  VEREINIGTEN  STAATEN. 


NOTES. 


GERMAN. 

WiR,  die  Burger  der  Vereinigten  Staaten,  in 
der  Absicht,  eine  vollkominnere  Union  lierzn- 
stellen,  Gereclitigkeit  zu  sdiaffen,  innere  Rube  zu 
sicbern,  fiir  die  Verteidigung  zu  sorgen,  das  all- 
genieine  Wolil  zu  beforderu  und  die  Segnungen 
der  Freibeit  uns  und  nnseren  Xacbkonimen  zu 
verschaffen,  verordnen  und  bestimmen  die  fol- 
gende  Verfassung  fiir  die  Vereinigten  Staaten 
von  Araerika. 

ARTIEEL  I Abteilung,  die   Gesetzgebeude   Gewalt 

betrefiend. 

Section  I. — Die  Gesetzgebende  Gewalt  soil  in 
die  Hande  eines  Congresses  der  Vereinigten 
Staaten  gelegt  werden ;  und  dieser  soil  aus  ei- 
nem  Senate  und  einem  Abgeordnetenbause  be- 
steben. 

Section  II. — Clansel  1.  Das  Abgeordneten- 
baus  soil  aiis  Mitgliedern  besteben,  welcbe  alle 
zwei  Jalire  von  der  Bevolkerung  der  verscbiede- 
iien  Staaten  gewablt  werden ;  und  die  Wabler 
jedes  Staates  iniissen  dieselbe  Befiibigung  wie 
die  Wabler  des  zablreiebsten  Zweiges  der  Staats- 
legislatur  besitzen. 


There  are  three  great  depart- 
ments of  government :  Legislative, 
Judicial  and  Executive. 

The  Legislative  enacts  laws  ', 
the  Judicial  interprets  and  ap- 
plies them ;  the  Executive  en- 
forces them. 

The  Constitution  of  the  United 
States  separates  these  three  depart- 
ments, makes  each  one  indepen- 
dent of  the  others  and  places  them 
in  different  hands.  Experience 
has  shown  that  the  separation  of 
these  powers  is  much  more  favor- 
able to  liberty  than  is  their  union 
in  the  same  body  or  person. 

The  first  article  of  the  Consti- 
tution treats  of  the  Legislative 
department  ;  the  second,  of  the 
Executive ;  and  the  third,  of  the 
Judicial. 

ARTICLE  I — Section  I. 

By  the  Articles  of  Confederation 
the  Legislative  consisted  of  only 
one  body. 

In  the  Constitutional  Convention 
all  the  States,  except  Pennsylva- 
nia, were  in  favor  of  dividing  Con- 
gress into  two  distinct  bodie.s. 

The   advantages   of   vesting   the 


30 


CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 


FRENCH. 

Paragraphe  2.  Nnl  iie  pourra  etre  Kepresen- 
tant,  s'il  n'a  pas  atteint  I'age  de  vingt-cinq  ans,  et 
ete  pendant  sept  ans  citoyen  des  Etats-Unis,  et 
s'il  n'habite  pas,  an  moment  de  son  election, 
I'fitat  dans  leqnel  il  aura  ete  elu. 

Paragraj)he  3.  Les  Representants  et  les  con- 
tributions directes  devront  etre  repartis  entre  les 
difterents  Etats  qui  pourront  faire  partie  de 
I'Union,  d'apres  le  nombre  de  leurs  habitants  res- 
pectifs,  lequel  sera  determine  en  ajoutant  an  nom- 
bre total  des  personnes  libres,  y  compris  celles  qni 
sont  tennes  a  un  service  pendant  une  certaine  pe- 
riode  d'annees,  et  non  compi'is  les  Indiens  non 
iinposes,  les  trois  cinqtdeines  de  toutes  attires  jper- 
sonncs.  Le  denombrement  reel  en  sera  fait  dans 
les  trois  ans  qui  suivront  la  premiere  reunion  du 
Congres  des  fitats-Unis,  et  subsequemment  tons 
les  dix  ans,  en  la  maniere  qui  sera  prescrite  par 
la  loi.  Le  nomhre  des  Representants  ne  devrapas 
depasser  un  par  trente  inille^  mais  chaqne  tltat 
aura  au  moins  un  Representant  ^  et  en  attendant 
que  ce  denomhrement  soil  fait,  V^tat  du  New 
Hampshire  aura  droit  d  en  choisir  trois,'  le 
Mojssachusetts,  huit  /  le  Rhode  Island  et  les 
Plantations  de  Providence,  un  ;  le  Connecticut, 
cinq  ;  le  Neio  York,  six  /  le  New  Jersey,  quatre  ; 
la  Pennsylvanie,  huit  j  le  Delaware,  un  j  le 
Maryland,  six;  la  Virginie,  dix;  la  Caroline 
du  Nord,  cinq  /  la  Caroline  du  Sud,  cinq  /  et  la 
Georgie,  trois. 

Paragraphe  4.  Quand  il  se  produira  des  va- 
cances  dans  la  representation  d'un  ]&tat,  les  au- 
torites  executives  de  cet  Etat  convoqueront  les 
electenrs  pour  remplir  les  dites  vacances. 

Paragraphe  5.  La  Cliambre  des  Representants 


ENGLISH. 

Clause  2.  No  person  shall  be  a 
Representative  who  sliall  not  have 
attained  to  the  age  of  twenty-five 
years,  and  been  seven  years  a  cit- 
izen of  the  United  States,  and  who 
shall  not,  when  elected,  be  an  in- 
liabitant  of  that  State  in  which  lie 
shall  be  chosen. 

Clause  3.  Representatives  and 
direct  taxes  shall  be  apportioned 
among  the  several  States  which 
may  be  included  within  this 
Union,  according  to  their  respect- 
ive numbers,  which  shall  be  de- 
termined by  adding  to  the  whole 
number  of  free  persons,  including 
those  bound  to  service  for  a  term 
of  years,  and  excluding  Indians 
not  taxed,  three-fifths  of  aU  other 
persons.  The  actual  enumeration 
shall  be  made  within  three  years  af- 
ter the  first  meeting  of  the  Congress 
of  the  United  States,  and  within 
every  subsequent  term  of  ten  years, 
in  such  manner  as  they  shall  by 
law  direct.  The  niLmher  of  Repre- 
sentatives shall  not  exceed  one  for 
every  thirty  thousand,  but  each  SUUe 
shall  Jiave  at  least  one  Representa- 
tive;  and  until  sucJi  enumeration 
shall  he  made,  the  State  of  New 
Hampshire  sliall  he  entitled  to  choose 
three;  Massachusetts,  eight;  Rhode 
Island  and  Providence  Plantations, 
one;  Connecticut,  five  :  Neic  York, 
six;  New  Jersey,  four;  Pennsyl- 
vania, eight;  Delaware,  one;  Ma- 
ryland, six  ;  Virginia,  ten  ;  North 
Carolina,  five;  South  Carolina,  five; 
and  Georgia,  three. 

Clause  4.  When  vacancies  hap- 
pen in  the  representation  from 
any  State,  the  executive  authority 
thereof  shall  issue  writs  of  election 
to  fill  such  vacancies. 

Clause  5.  The  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives shall  choose  their  Speak- 


CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES.  31 

GERMAN.  NOTES. 

Clausel    2.     Niemand    ist    zum    Abgeordneten    Legislative  powers  in  two  branches 
wahlbar,  der  nicht  seiri  f iinfundzwanzigstes  Jahr  ^^'^^  ^^^^^^  ^^''^  ^*  ^«  ^P*  *«  <^i'^^^ 

.,^,^  ,       -i.-i  XI         -r."  1         hasty  legislation ;   it  is  less  likely 

erreicht  liat  und  niclit  sieben  Jahre  Burger  der  ,^^^,  ,^^^  ^.^  ^^  ^^^^^^  ^^^^  p/ 
Vereinigten  Staaten  gewesen  ist,  und  muss  der-  vate  influence,  and  it  increases  the 
selbe  ein  Einwolmer  des  Staates  sein,  in  welchem  probability  that  good  laws  will  be 
er  gewahlt  werden  soil.  passed. 

Clausel  3.    Die   Zahl   der  Yertreter   und   die  Section  II.- CTa«se  2. 

Quote  der  directen  Abgaben  soil  den  verscliie-    ^^®  ^^*-  n.— Sec.  I.— Cl.  5,  p.  54. 

denen     Staaten,    die   die    Union    bilden,    im   Ver-        A  Representative  is  not  required 

to  be  a  citizen  of  the  United  States 
lialtniss   zu    ilirer  Einwolinerzahl  zugeteilt  wer-  \,y  hivih..    If  a  foreigner  by  birth, 

den;  diese  soil  derart  bestimmt  werden,  dass  zu  he  may  become  a  citizen  by  natu- 

der  Anzalil  der  freien  Personen,  einscliliesslich  ralization,  and  then   he  becomes 

derjenigen,  die    sich    fiir  eine   Pweihe   von    Jah-  ^^'^}^^^  ^l  ^  Representative  after 

-.,  a  citizenship  of  seven  years. 

ren  zu  dienen  verpfliclitet  haben  und  ausscbhess-      ^n  alien  must  reside  here  live 

lich  der  niclit  besteuerten  Indianer,  drei  Filnftel  years  before  he  becomes  a  citizen; 

aller  itbrigen  Personen  zugezahlt   werden  ;   die  this,  added  to   the   seven   yeais 

definitive  Volkszalilung  soil  innerhalb  drei  Jahre  °^  «"izenship,  amounts  to  twelve 

,      ,                                                     .        1        /-,  vears  of  previous  residence  before 

nach  dem  ersten  Zusammentritt  des  Congresses  he  is  eligible  as  a  Representative, 

stattfinden  und  spater  alle  zelin  Jahre  in  soldier  The  Representative  must  be  an 

Weise,  wie  er  durcli  Gesetz  vorschreiben  wird.  inhabitant  of  the  state  in  which 

Die  Zahl  der  Vertreter  soil  einen  fur  je  30,000  ^"  '^  ''^"'""-  ^*  ^'  ""*  '"^'''''"^ 
■J-,,  ,  •  J        7  .  7        •    7       r>  7  7  t^^t  he  be  a  resident  of  the  dis- 

Emwohner  mcht  ubersteigen,  aberjeder  Staat  soil  ^^.^^^  f^om  which  he  has  been 
wenigstens  einen   Yertreter  haben  ;  und  bis  die  chosen,  nor  that  he  should  have 

Zdhlung  VOrgenommen  ist,  soil  NeiO  Hamiyshire,    resided  either  in  the  district  or  the 

drei ;   Massachusetts,  acht :   Rhode  Island  und  ^^^^^  ^^"  ^"^  ^'^^""'^  ^""^^'^  ^^ 

r^         ,  ^  jr-,  T       .  '  /~i  •  n       n      time  before  his  election.     Nor  is  it 

Providence  Colomen,  emen  ;  Connecticut  Junf ;  ^^^^  ^hat  he  shall  lose  his  seat  if 

New    York,   sechs ;   New  Jersey,   vi^r ;   Penn-  he  remove  from  his  state  or  dis- 

sylvania,   acht ;    Delaware,   einen ;    Maryland,  trict  during  the  two  years,    it  is 

sechs;    Virginia,  zehn ;   Nord  Carolina,  fiinf ;  "«*  necessary  that  he  should  pos- 

ry..  1  ^       T  /.../.  7  ^  •        7      •  TT-    .     ,        sess  &  certaiu  amount  of  property 

Sud  Carolina,  fxmf,  und  Georgia,  drei  Vertreter  ^^  ^^^^^^^  ^^^^  particular  form  of 

erwdhlen  Mnnen.  religious  belief. 

Clausel  4.   Wenn  eine  Liicke  in  der  Vertre- 
tung  eines  Staates  entsteht,  soil  die  Regierung      P^'^^  ii^^i<^i^'^ '^rc  oUoUte. 

^         ..  .  .ri-  ,  ,  ,       .,  The   first    enumeration  was   ac- 

desselben  eine  neue  Wahl  ausschreiben.  tualiy  made  in  1790. 

Taxes  are  of  two  kinds,  direct 
and  indirect.  A  direct  tax  is  laid 
directly  on  the  income  or  property 


Clausel  5.  Das  Abgeordnetenhaus  soil  seinen 


32  CONSTITUTION   OF   THE    UNITED   STATES. 

FKENCH.  ENGLISH. 

clioisira    son    President  at  son  bureau;  et  aura  er  and  other  officers;  and  shall 

seiile  qnalite  pour  mettre  les  fonctionnaires  en  ^'^''®  *^®  ^^^^  P^^^'"  °^  impeach- 
, .  ment. 

accusation. 

Section    III. — Paragraylie  1.    Le    Senat   des      Section  III.—  Claim  1.     The 

Etats-Unis  se  composera  de  deux  Senateurs  de  ^^"^**'  °^  *^^  ^°^*^^  ^^""^^^  '^'^" 

,  -f\.    .  ,  TT/.-i  -,  be  composed  of  two  Senators  from 

diaque  Etat,  nonimes  par  la  Legislature  de  cet  .^.^  state,  chosen  by  the  Legisia- 

Etat  pour  six  ans ;  et  chaque  Senateur  aura  une  tare  thereof,  for  six  years ;  and 

Voix.  each  Senator  shall  have  one  rote. 

Paragraphe  2.  Aussitot  apres  qu'ils  se  reuni-      Clause  2.  immediately  after  they 
ront  a  la  suite  de  la  premiere  election,  ils  se  di-  '^*"  ^'  assembled  in  consequence 

.     ^      ,  .,  ,  of  the  first  election,  they  shall  be 

viseront  aussi  egale ment  que  possible  en  trois  divided  as  equally  as  may  be  into 
classes.  Les  sieges  des  Senateurs  de  la  premiere  three  classes.  The  seats  of  the 
classe  deviendront  vacants  a  I'expiration  de  la  Senators  of  the  first  class  shall  be 

seconde  annee;  ceux  de  la  seconde  classe,  a  Tex-  ^'''''^^^  ^*  *^^  expiration  of  the 
,.  J      ,  .^  ,  '  ,      second  year;  of  the  second  class, 

piration  de  la  quatrieme  annee;  et  ceux  de  la  ^t  the  expiration  of  the  fourth 
troisieme  classe,  a  I'expiration  de  la  sixierae  annee;  year ;  and  of  the  third  class,  at  the 
de  maniere  qu'un  tiers  soit  elu  tons  les  deux  ans ;  expiration  of  the  sixth  year,  so  that 

ets'ilse   produitdes   vacances,  par  demission    on    «°«-«"rd  ^lay  be  chosen  every  sec- 
,,   ,  1      ,       -r  ,    .  -,  ,.         ond  year ;  and  if  vacancies  happen 

aiitrement,  en  I'absence  de  la  Legislature  d'un  ^y  resignation,  or  otherwise,  du- 

Etat,  le  pouvoir  executif   de   cet   Etat  pent   faire    ring  the  recess  of  the  Legislature 

des  nominations  temporaires  jusqu'a  la  prochaine  °^  ^^y  ^*ate,  the  Executive  thereof 

reunion  de  la  Legislature,  qui  devra  reinplir  alors  ""^^  make  temporary  appointments 
,        ,.  ^  until  the  next  meeting  of  the  Le- 

les  elites  vacances.  gislature,  which  shall  then  fill  sucli 


vacancies. 


Paragrajphe  3.  Nul  ne  pourra  etre  Senateur,       Olame  3.  No  person  shall  be  a 
s'il  n'a  pas  atteint  Page  de  trente  ans,  et  ete  pen-  Senator  who  shall  not  have  attained 

dant  neuf  ans  citoyen  des  Etats-Unis,  et  s'il  n'est  *°  '^'  '^'  "*  ^^''"^  ^^l  ^'t  ^""'1 
•'  ,  '  ,  nine  years  a  citizen  of  the  United 

pas,  au  moment  de  son  election,  habitant  de  I'Etat  states,  and  who  shall  not,  when 

pour  lequel  il  aura  ete  elu.  elected,    be   an  inhabitant  of  that 

State  for  which  he  shall  be  chosen. 

Paragraphe  4.  Le  Vice-President  des  ifetats-      Clause  4.  The  Vice-President  of 
Unis  sera  president  du  Senat,   mais  n'aura  pas  the  United  states  shall  be  president 

j„^;i.    ^i„         i       ^  •  1  .  .of  the  Senate,    but  shall    have  no 

dioit   de  vote,  a  moins  que  les  voix   ne   soient  ^^,^^  ^^^^^^  they  be  equally  di- 

partagees  egalement.  vided. 

Paragraphe  5.  Le  Senat  nommera  son  bureau,  Claused.  The  Senate  shall  choose 

et  aussi  un  president  provisoire,  en  cas  d'absence  t^®"'  ^'tiier  officers,  and  also  a  Presi- 


CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES.  33 

GERMAN.  N0TP:S. 

Spreclier  und  seine   iibriojen  Beamten  wahlen  ;  itself ;  for  instance,  on  lands  or 
und   das  ausschliessliche  Recht,  sie  zur  Verant-  ^^°"'^'-    ^"   "'^^'*^"*  *^^  ^'  °"^ 

laid   on  articles  of   production   or 
WOrtung  ZU  Ziehen,  liaben.  consumption.       Direct     taxes     are 

Section  HI. — Clausel  1.  Der  Senat  der  Yer-  seldom  levied,  except  when  other 
einigten    Staaten    soil   aus   zwei    Senatoren   von  sources  of  income  fail. 

.     -  „  1,1  T  n  11  By  the  Articles  of  Confederation, 

ledeni  Staate  bestelien,  diese  sollen  von  den  be-  ,,  „  ^  ^„„^  ^    „  .,    ,.  •♦  j  c*  + 

i  '  the  expenses  or  the  United  States 

ziiglichen  Staatslegislaturen  auf  secbs  Jahre  ge-  were  to  be  paid  by  each  state  in 
wahlt    werden  ;    und    jeder    Senator    soil    eine  proportion  to  the  value  of  land,  to- 

Stimme  haben.  gether   with  improvements.     This 

placed  the  liability  of  a  State  to  di- 

Clausel  2.   Gleich  nach  der  Versammlung  in  rect  taxation  upon  the  basis  of  prop- 

Folge  der  ersten  Wahl   sollen  sie   so  gleiehmassig    erty,whereas  the  Constitution  places 

wie    mOglich   in   drei    Classen    geteilt   werden.   it  upon  the  basis  of  population. 

-rx.o',  lo         L  ^  ^/^i  n  The  Indians  that  remain  in  the 

Die  Sitze  der  Senatoren  der  ersten  Classe  sollen  ^.  ,  ■    ,  j  ^  •    ^, 

btates  are  included  m  the  number 

nach  Ablanf  des  zweiten  Jahres  gerainnt  M-er-  of  free  persons  if  they  are  taxed. 
den  ;  die  der  zweiten  Classe  nach  vier  Jahren      There   were   slaves  in   all  the 
und  die  der  dritten  Classe  nach  sechs  Jahren,  so  ^*''^^«^  ^^^«"  the  Constitution  was 
dass  ein  Drittel   der  Zahl  alle   zwei  Jahre  ge-      mi    o^  ^     •      i  •  i   ^i 

^  ihe  States  in  which  there  was  a 

wahlt  wird  ;   und  wenn  Liicken  durch  Nieder-  large  number  of  slaves,  while  they 

legung  des  Mandats  oder  auf  andere  Weise  wall-    were  allowed  an  increase  of  Repre- 

rend  der  Ferien  der  Staatslegislaturen  entstehen,  sentatives  on  account  of  the  slave 

1  TTT'  i.*         iti.-cci         Ci-i-i.  population,  were  also  subiected  in 

kann  die  Executive  des  betrettenden  Staates  tern-  f.,  ...  . 

like    proportion    to    an    increased 
poriire    Ernennungen   bis   zur   nachsten   Sitzung  burden  of  direct  taxation. 

der  Legislatnr,  welche  dann  die  Liicken  endgiil-      As  the  population  of  the  country 

tig  ZU  f  iillen  hat,  VOrnehmen.  l^^s  increased,  the  number  of  Rep. 

resentatives  has  been  increased  by 
various  acts  of  Congress. 

Clausel  3.  Niemand  soil  Senator  werden,  der  The  first  House  of  Representa- 
nicht  sein  dreissigstes  Jahr  erreicht  hat  und  neun  tives  consisted  of  65  members, 
Jahre  Biirger  der  Vereinigten  Staaten  gewesen  ^^"^^  ^^^  ^""  ^°^  '''''^  ^^'^^^ 

„    .  .  ,,-,  ,  1    ^.  inhabitants.       By    the     census    of 

ist  und  der  niclit  zur  Zeit  seiner  Wahl  Emwoh-  j^qq   ^heve  were  constituted  106 

lier   des  Staates   ist,  in  welchein   er  gewahlt   wer-    Representatives  — one     for     every 
den  soil.  33,000    inhabitants.     Every    terri- 

Clausel  4.   Der  Yice-Prasident  der  Yereinig-  ^^'^^  ^^  ^^^?^,  ^  '"^"'^"^^  °''S^°- 

„  n    T~»       •  1  1        o  '^^"^    territorial    government    has 

ten  Staaten  soil  Pi-asident  des  Senats  sem,  aber  ^^^^  established  by  Congress,  is 

keine  Stimme   haben,  ausgenommen,   wenn    die  entitled  to  have  one  Representa- 

Stiminen  gleiehmassig  Verteilt  sind.  tive  in  Congress^  who  may  partici- 

/-~,j  J    r     -r\        c^  n         •  i  -n.        pate   iu    the    debates,    bat   cannot 

Clausel  5.  Der  Senat  soil  seme  anderen  Be-  ^^^e.  Such  territories  are  gener- 
amten  wahlen,  audi  einen  Friisidenten  pro  tern-  ally  called  organized  territories. 


CONSTITUTION   OF  THE   UNITED   STATES. 


FJBENCH. 

du  Vice-President,  on  dans  le  eas  ou  celui-ci 
exercerait  les  fonctions  de  President  des  Etats- 
Unis. 

Paragraphe  6.  Le  Senat  aura  seul  qualite  pour 
juger  toutes  les  accusations  dirigees  contre  des 
fonctionnaires  publics  ;  quand  il  siegera  pour  cet 
objet,  ses  nienibres  devront  preter  serment  ou 
affirmation.  Quand  le  President  des  Etats-Unis 
sera  mis  en  jugement,  c'est  le  Juge  Supreme  qui 
devra  presider ;  et  nul  ne  pourra  etre  condamne 
a  moins  des  deux  tiers  des  voix  des  membres 
presents. 

Paragraphe  7.  La  sentence,  dans  les  cas  de 
jugement  de  fonctionnaires,  ne  pourra  aller  au- 
dela  de  la  revocation  d'emploi,  et  de  I'incapacite 
future  d'occuper  un  poste  d'honneur,  de  confiance, 
ou  de  profit  sous  ie  gouvernement  des  fitats-Unis; 
mais  la  partie  condamnee  n'en  sera  pas  moins 
sujette  a  etre  mise  en  accusation,  jugee,  condam- 
nee, et  punie,  conformement  aux  lois. 


ENGLISH. 

dent  pro  tempore,  in  the  .absence  of 
the  Vice-President,  or  when  he  shall 
exercise  the  office  of  President  of 
the  United  States. 

Clause  6.  The  Senate  shall  have 
the  sole  power  to  try  all  impeach- 
ments :  when  sitting  for  that  pur- 
pose, they  shall  be  on  oath  or  af- 
firmation. When  the  President  of 
the  United  States  is  tried,  the  Chief 
Justice  shall  preside  ;  and  no  per- 
son shall  be  convicted  without  the 
concurrence  of  two-thirds  of  the 
members  present. 

Clause  7.  Judgment  in  cases  of 
impeachment  shall  not  extend  fur- 
ther than  to  removal  from  office, 
and  disqualification  to  hold  and  en- 
joy any  office  of  honor,  trust,  or 
profit  under  the  United  States  ;  but 
the  party  convicted  shall  neverthe- 
less be  liable  and  subject  to  indict- 
ment, trial,  judgment  and  punish- 
ment, according  to  law. 


Section  IY. — Paragraphe  1.  L'epoque,  le  lieu 
et  le  mode  d'election  pour  les  Senateurs  et  les  Re- 
presentants  seront  designes  dans  chaque  Etat  par 
la  Legislature  du  dit  Etat ;  mais  le  Congres  pent 
en  tout  temps,  par  une  loi,  faire  ou  modifier  ces 
dispositions,  sauf  en  ce  qui  concerne  le  lieu  d'e- 
lection des  Senateurs. 

Paragraphe  2.  Le  Congres  se  reunira  au  moins 
une  fois  par  an,  et  cette  reunion  aura  lieu  le  pre- 
mier liindi  de  decembre,  a  moins  qu'il  n'ait,  par 
une  loi,  designe  un  autre  jour. 

Section  Y. — Paragraphe  1.  Chacune  des  deux 
chambres  sera  jnge  des  elections,  de  leurs  resul- 
•tats,  et  de  la  validation  de  ses  membres,  et  la 
majorite  dans  chacune  d'elles  constituera  un  nom- 


Section  IV.  —  Clause  1.  The 
times,  places  and  manner  of  hold- 
ing elections  for  Senators  and  Rep- 
resentatives shall  be  prescribed  in 
each  State  by  the  Legislature  there- 
of ;  but  the  Congress  may  at  any 
time,  by  law,  make  or  alter  such 
regulations,  except  as  to  the  places 
of  choosing  Senators. 

Clause  2.  The  Congress  shall  as- 
semble at  least  once  in  every  year, 
and  such  meeting  shall  be  on  tlie 
first  Monday  in  December,  unless 
they  shall  by  law  appoint  a  differ- 
ent day. 

Section  V.  —  Clause  1.  Each 
house  shall  be  the  jiidge  of  the 
elections,  returns  and  qualifica- 
tions of  its  own  members,  and  a 
majority  of  each  shall  constitute  a 


CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 


35 


GERMAN, 

pore  in  der  Abwesenheit  des  Vice-Prasidenten, 
oder  >venii  dieser  das  Aint  eines  Prasidenten  der 
VerGmig-ten  Staaten  versielit. 

Clansel  6.  Der  Senat  soli  die  alleinige  Macht 
haben,  alle  "Inipeaehinents"  zii  iinteisHclien ; 
nnd  weiin  er  zu  dieseni  Zweck  versarmiielt  ist, 
soil  er  uiiter  Eid  oder  Bekraftignng  an  Eides 
Statt  handelii.  Wenu  der  President  der  Yereinig- 
ten  Staaten  angeklagt  wird,  soil  der  Oberricliter 
prasidieren  ;  und  Kiemand  soil  ohne  die  Znstim- 
innng  von  zwei  Dritteln  der  anwesenden  Mitolie- 
der  verurteilt  werden. 

Clausel  7.  Eine  Yernrteilnng  soil  nicht  wel- 
ter gelien  als  znr  Entsetznng  vom  Anite  nnd  znr 
Entziehnng  der  Pefaliignng,  irgend  eine  Stell- 
ungs,  die  Ehre,  Vertianen  nnd  Vorteil  iinter 
der  Ivegiernng  der  Vereinigten  Staaten  mit  sich 
bringi.  zu  bekleiden  ;  aber  der  Verurteilte  soil 
niclits  desto  weniger  der  Anklage,  dem  Proeesse, 
dem  Urteile  nnd  der  Strafe  nach  dein  Gesetze 
iinterworfen  sein. 

Section  IV. —  Clausel  1.  Die  Zeit,  der  Ort 
nnd  der  "VValiltnodus  fiir  Senatoi-en  nnd  Abge- 
ordnete  soil  in  jedem  Staate  dnrch  die  Pegieinng 
desselben  bestiinrat  werden  ;  aber  der  Congress 
kann  zu  jedbr  Zeit  dnrch  Gesetz  solche  Bestim- 
niungen  abanderw,  ausgenommen  den  Ort  der 
Walil  fiir  den  Sonr;t. 

Clausel  2.  Der  -C^ongress  soil  sich  wenigstens 
einmal  in  jedem  Jafire  versamrneln  nnd  die  Sitz- 
nng  soil  am  ersten  Montag  im  December  statt- 
finden,  es  sei  denn,  dass  dnrch  Gesetz  ein  ande- 
rer  Tag  bestimmt  wird. 

Section  V. —  Clausel  1.  Jedes  Hans  soil  die 
Resnltate  der  Wahlen  und  die  Befahigung  sei- 
ner Mitglieder  priifen  und  eine  Majoritat  jedes 
Hanses  soil  ein  Quorum  znr  Fiihrung  der  Ge- 


NOTES. 

As  the  House  of  Representatives 
is  at  present  constituted,  there  are 
four  modes  in  which  a  State  may 
be  entitled  to  a  Representative:  1. 
By  the  ratio  of  representation.  2. 
By  its  large  fraction.  8.  By  the 
constitutional  provision  that  "each 
State  shall  have  at  least  one  Rep- 
resentative." 4.  By  special  law. 
(See  Appendix,  Table  A,  p.  86.) 

Clause  4,  p.  30. 
Those   who  are   elected  in  pur- 
suance of  this  clause,  are  elected 
only  for  the  unexpired  term. 

Clause  5,  p.  30. 

See  Art.  I.— Sec.  III.— Clause  6, 
and  Art.  Il.—Sec.  IV.,  pp.  34,  60. 

The  power  of  impeachment  is 
the  right  which  the  Representa- 
tives have  to  bring  an  accusation 
against  high  otficers  of  government 
for  maladministration  of  office. 

Impeachments  are  not  tried  by 
the  House,  but  by  the  Senate. 

The  officers  of  the  House  of 
Representatives,  in  addition  to  the 
Speaker,  are — a  clerk,  who,  witli 
his  assistants,  keeps  the  records 
and  journals  of  the  proceedings 
of  the  House ;  a  sergeant-at-avms, 
who  executes  the  commands  of 
the  House  ;  a  door-keeper,  a  post- 
master and  a  chaplain.  The  clerk 
is  required  to  take  an  oath  or  af- 
firmation to  faithfully  discharge 
his  duties  ;  he  also  gives  security. 
The  sergeant-at-arms  and  door- 
keeper are  sworn  to  keep  the  se- 
crets of  the  House. 

Section  III. — Clause  1,  p.  32. 

The  two  houses  differ  in  regard 
to  number  of  members,  mode  of 
election,  and  term  of  service ; 
thus,  they  act  as  a  check  upon 
each  other. 


36  CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 

FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 

bre  suffisant  pour  deliberer  et  voter;    raais  un  quorum  to   do  business;   but  a 

1              .     1                        ,    •                 j„  -^ ,  4^„..  smaller  number  mav  adjourn  from 

nombre  moindre  pourra  s  aiourner  de  lour  en  lour,  ^          ^          ^      '■,.-,.    ^ 

^                    •'        ,                •"                 "^  day  to  day,  and  may  be  authorized 

et  pourra  etre  autorise  a  requenr  la  presence  des  ^^  ^^^p^l  ^^^^  attendance  of  absent 

luembres  absents,  de  la  maniere  et  sous  les  peines  members,  in   such  manner,  and 

que  pourra  edicter  chaque  cliambre.  u"*ier  such  penalties,  as  each  house 

may  provide. 

Paragraplie  2.  Chaque  chambi'e  pourra  fixer  Clame  2.   Each  house  may  de- 
le reo-lement  de  ses  seances,  punir  ses  membres  termme  the  rules  of  its  proceed- 

^.    f.        ^.            '    1^      J            i.      '     1              •      •!.'    1  in^s,  punish  its  members  for  dis- 

pour  infractions  a  1  ordre,  et,  a  la  maiorite  des  V ,     .  ,     .           -,       •„    *i, 

r                                                        '       T                     J  orderly   behavior,    and,    with    the 

deux  tiers,  expulser  un  menibre.  concurrence  of  two-thirds,  expel  a 

member. 

Paragrajy/is  3.    Chaque   chanibre  tiendra   un  C?a?(se  3.  Each  house  .shall  keep 

,            111                   '                    i.    1            UT           J  a  journal  of   its  proceedings,    and 

proces-verbal    de  ses  seances,  et  le  publiera  de  .  '     .      ^  ^.          ,,.  i  ^i       .„ 

r                                                                       .              .  from  time  to  time  publish  the  same, 

temps  en   temps,  sauf  les  parties  qui  pourront,  excepting  such  parts  as  may  in  their 

dans   son  jugement,  exiger  le  secret ;  et   les    votes  judgment  require  secrecy  ;  and  the 

i>ar  oui  et  par  non  des  membres  de  cliaque  cham-  y^^^  ^"<i  n^ys  of  the  members  of 

,                                       ,•                 ^                     1              .             ^  either  house  on  any  question  shall, 

bre  sur  une  question  quelconque,  devront,  sur  ia  ,  ^,      ,    .       „    "^    „„,,     „ ,, 

^                   ^               T.      '                   '  at  the  desire  of  one-fifth  of  those 

demande  d'uii  cinquieme  des  membres  presents,  present,  be  entered  on  the  journal. 
etre  consignes  dans  le  proces-verbal. 


Paragraphe  4.  Ni  Tune  ni  Tautre  des  deux  C7«?/«e  4.  Neither  house,  during 

,         ,                                           J      i.    1              ■■        J     r\  the  session  of  Congress,  shall,  with- 

cliambres  ne  pourra,  pendant  la  session  du  Con-  ^  ^,              ^  °.     '     ^,         , 

L              ^  c                                                          ^  Q^^i  ^]^e  consent  of  the  other,  ad- 

gres,  sans  le  consentement  de  I'autre,  s'ajourner  a  -^^^^  ^^^  ^^^^  ti^^n  tj,ree  days, 

plus  de  trois  jours,  ni  a  aucun  autre  lieu  que  Celui  nor  to  any  other  place  than  that  in 

ou  siegeront  les  deux  chambres.  ^l^ici^  ti^e  two  houses  shall  be  sit- 
ting. 

Section  VI. — Paragrajtlie  1.  Les  Senateurs  et  Section  VI.  —  aame  1.    The 

les  Representants  recevront,  pour   leurs    services,  Senators  and  Representatives  shall 

,     ,,                               1    •       .             '             1  receive    a   compensation  for   their 

un  traitement  a  fixer  par  une  loi,  et  paye  par  le  ^^^^.^^^^  ^^  ^^  ascertained  by  law, 

tresor  des  Etats-Unis.     lis  ne  pourront  en  aucun  and  paid  out  of  the  treasury  of  the 

cas,   excepte   pour  trahisou,  felonie,  infraction  a  United  States.    They  shall  in  all 

rordre  public,  etre  arretes  pendant  leur  presence  ^^^e^'  ^^'^'^P*  treason,  felony  and 

,               /Till                          •              •  breach  of  the  peace,  be  privileged 

a  line  seance  de  leurs  chambres  respectives,  ni  en  „              ^  a    ■     ^^   •     ♦♦  ^a^^^ 

^                '  from  arrest  during  their  attendance 

sV  rendant  ou  en  en  revenant ;  et  il  ne  leur  sera  at  the  session  of  their  respective 
demande  compte  en  aucun  lieu  de  leurs  discours  houses,  and  in  going  to  and  return- 
on  des  debats  auxquels  ils  auront  pris  part  dans  "^s  *^°^  *^^^,  ^^™«  ^  '?"'^  *t'  """^ 
,  ^  ^  speech  or  debate  in  either  house, 
1  une  ou  1  autre  chambre.  ^1,^^  ^i^^^n  ^^^  be  questioned  in  any 

other  place. 


CONSTITUTION   OF   THE    UNITED   STATES. 


37 


GERMAN. 

scliaf  te  ansmachen  ;  aber  eine  kleinere  Anzalil 
kann  sieh  von  Tao-  zii  Tag;  vertas-en  nnd  bevoll- 
machtigt  sein,  die  Amvesenlieit  abwesender  Mit- 
glieder  zu  veraiilassen,  in  solcher  Weise  und  unter 
solchen  Strafen,  wie  jedes  Ilaus  sie  bestimmt. 

Clausel  2.  Jedes  Hans  bat  seine  Tagesord- 
nnng  zn  bestimnien,  seine  Mitglieder  wegen  nn- 
ordentlichen  Betragens  zn  bestrafen  nnd  kann, 
mit  einer  Majoritat  von  zwei  Drittehi,  ein  Mit- 
glied  ausstossen. 

Clausel  3.  Jedes  Hans  soil  ein  taglicbes  Pro- 
tokoll  iiber  seine  Verhandlniigen  fiibren  nnd 
solehes  von  Zeit  zn  Zeit  veroffentliclien,  ansge- 
nominen  solche  Teile,  welcbe  seiner  Ansicht 
nach  Verscliwiegenlieit  erfordern  nnd  die  na- 
mentliclie  Abstimnmng  der  Mitglieder  jedes 
Ilauses  iiber  irgend  eine  Erage  soil,  anf  Wnnscli 
eines  Fiinftels  der  Anwesenden,  ini  Protokoll 
anfgenomnien  werden. 

Clausel  4.  Kein  Hans  soil  wahi-end  der  Sitz- 
ung  des  Cojigresses  oline  die  Znstimmnng  des 
anderen  sicli  anf  langer  als  drei  Tage  nnd  nicbt 
nach  einem  anderen  Orte,  als  wo  die  Sitzungen 
stattfinden,  vertagen  diirfen. 

Section  YI. —  Clausel  1.  Die  Senatoren  nnd 
Abojeordneten  sollen  eine  Vero-iitniifi:  fiir  ibre 
Dienste  erbalten,  welcbe  dnrcli  Gesetz  bestimmt 
und  ans  dem  Scbatze  der  Vereinigten  Staaten 
bezablt  werden  soil.  Sie  sollen  in  alien  Fallen, 
ausgenommen  Verrat,  Yerbrechen  nnd  Yer- 
geben  gegen  die  offentliclie  Ordnnng  vor  Yer- 
haftnng  wabrend  der  Sitznng  ilires  Ilauses  nnd 
auf  ihrem  Hin-  nnd  Weggaiige  gescbiitzt  sein ; 
und  fiir  irgend  eine  Rede  oder  Debatte  in  ihrem 
Hanse  sollen  sie  an  keinem  anderen  Orte  znr 
Yerantwortung  gezogen  werden. 


NOTES. 

The  Senators  are  chosen  b^  the 
Legislatures  of  the  States ;  the 
Representatives,  by  the  people  of 
the  States.  The  Representatives 
serve  two  years,  while  the  Sena- 
tors serve  for  six,  the  latter  serv- 
ing longer,  that  they  may  check 
the  sndden  fluctuations  of  popular 
opinion  to  which  the  Representa- 
tives are  liable. 

In  the  Senate,  the  States,  each 
having  two  delegates,  are  placed 
upon  an  equal  footing,  while  in 
the  House  they  are  represented  in 
proportion  to  their  population.  In 
this  respect,  the  Constitution,  by 
giving  to  each  State  an  equal  voice 
in  the  Senate,  without  regard  to 
difference  of  population,  wealth, 
or  dimensions,  resembles  the  old 
Confederation. 

The  Constitution  does  not  pre- 
scribe the  mode  in  which  the  Leg- 
islatures are  to  elect  Senators.  In 
most  of  the  States  the  Senators  are 
cliosen  by  a  joint  vote,  that  is, 
both  branches  of  the  State  Legis- 
lature meet  and  vote  as  if  they 
constituted  a  single  body. 

Under  the  Articles  of  Confeder- 
ation, the  votes  in  Congress  wei'e 
taken  by  States,  so  that  each  State 
had  but  one  vote,  no  matter  what 
was  the  number  of  its  Representa- 
tives. 

If  a  majority  of  States  should  re- 
fuse to  elect  Senators,  the  legisla- 
tive power  of  the  Senate  would  be 
suspended  ;  but  if  a  few  States 
shoitld  I'efuse  to  elect  them,  the 
Senate  would  not.  on  that  account, 
be  incapable  of  performing  all  of 
its  proper  business. 

Clause  3,  p.  33. 

By  this  clause  the  Senate  is 
changed   gradually   so    that    there 


38 


CONSTITUTION   OF  THE   UNITED   STATES. 


FKENCH. 

Paragrajphe  2.  Nul  Senateur  ni  Representant 
lie  pourra,  pendant  la  periode  pour  laquelle  il  a 
etc  elu,  etre  nomine  a  aucun  emploi  civil  de- 
pendant des  Etats-Unis,  qui  ait  ete  crcc,  ou  dont 
les  emoluments  aient  etc  augmentes,  pendant  la 
dite  periode  ;  et  nulle  personne  occupant  un  em- 
ploi qnelconque  sous  I'autorite  des  Etats-Unis  ne 
pourra  etre  membre  de  I'une  ou  de  I'autre  cham- 
bre  pendant  la  duree  de  ses  fonctions. 

Section  YII. — Paragraphe  1.  Tons  les  projets 
de  loi  ayant  pour  objet  de  lever  des  impots,  de- 
vront  emaner  de  la  Cliambre  des  Representants ; 
mais  le  Senat  pourra  proposer  des  amendements 
ou  y  concourir,  comme  pour  les  autres  pi-ojets  de 
loi. 

Paragraphe  2.  Tout  projet  de  loi  qui  aura 
passe  a  la  Cliambre  des  Representants  et  au  Se- 
nat, devra,  avant  de  devenir  loi,  etre  presente  au 
President  des  Etats-Unis ;  s'il  I'approuve,  il  le 
signera ;  mais  s'il  ne  I'approuve  pas,  il  devra  le 
reiivoj'er,  avec  ses  observations,  a  celle  des  cliam- 
bres  dont  il  sera  emane,  et  celle-ci  devra  con- 
signer ces  observations  au  complet  dans  son 
proces-verbal,  et  proceder  a  un  nouvel  examen 
du  projet  de  loi.  Si,  apres  ce  nouvel  examen,  les 
deux  tiers  de  la  chambre  s'accordent  a  voter  le 
projet,  il  sera  envoye,  en  mcme  temps  que  les 
observations,  a  I'autre  chambre,  qui  procedera 
egalement  a  un  nouveau  debat,  et  si  le  projet  est 
approuve  par  les  deux  tiers  de  cette  chambre,  il 
acquerra  foi'ce  de  loi.  Mais,  dans  tons  les  cas  de 
ce  genre,  les  votes  des  deux  cbambres  se  feront 
par  oui  et  par  non,  et  les  iioms  de  ceux  qui  au- 
ront  vote  pour  ou  contre  seront  consignes  dans  le 
proces-verbal  de  chaque  chambre  respectivement. 
Si  un  projet  de  loi  n'est  pas  renvoye  par  le  Pre- 


ENGLISH. 

Clause  2.  No  Senator  or  Repre- 
sentative shall,  during  the  time  for 
which  he  was  elected,  be  appointed 
to  any  civil  office  under  the  author- 
ity of  the  United  States,  which 
shall  have  been  created,  or  the 
emoluments  whereof  shall  have 
been  increased,  during  such  time  ; 
and  no  person  holding  any  office 
under  the  United  States  shall  be  a 
member  of  either  house  during  his 
continuance  in  office. 

Section  VII.  —  Gltiuse.  1.  Ail 
hills  for  raising  revenue  shall  orig- 
inate in  the  House  of  Representa- 
tives ;  but  the  Senate  may  propose 
or  concur  with  amendments,  as  on 
other  bills. 


Clause  2.  Every  bill  which  shall 
have  passed  the  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives and  the  Senate,  shall, 
before  it  become  a  law,  be  presented 
to  the  President  of  the  United 
States;  if  he  approve,  he  shall  sign 
it,  but  if  not,  he  shall  return  it, 
with  his  objections,  to  that  house 
in  which  it  shall  have  originated, 
who  shall  enter  the  objections  at 
large  on  their  journal,  and  proceed 
to  reconsider  it.  If  after  such  re- 
consideration, two  thirds  of  that 
house  shall  agree  to  pass  the  bill, 
it  shall  be  sent,  together  with  the 
objections,  to  the  other  house,  by 
which  it  shall  likewise  be  recon- 
sidered, and  if  approved  by  two- 
thirds  of  that  house,  it  shall  become 
a  law.  But  in  all  such  cases  the 
votes  of  both  houses  shall  be  de- 
termined by  yeas  and  nays,  and  the 
names  of  the  persons  voting  for  and 
against  the  bill  shall  be  entered  on 
the  journal  of  each  house  respec- 
tively.    If  any  bill  shall  not  be  re- 


CONSTITUTION   OF  THE   UNITED   STATES. 


39 


GERMAN. 

Clausel  2.  Kein  Senator  oder  Abgeordneter 
soil  wahreiid  der  Zeit,  in  der  er  sein  Mandat 
ausiibt,  zii  einera  anderen  biirgerlichen  Amte 
uuter  der  Autoritat  der  Vereinigten  Staaten  er- 
naiint  werden,  wenn  dieses  Amt  walirend  dieser 
Zeit  neu  geschaffen  oder  dessen  Gehalt  erlidlit 
worden  ist ;  und  Niemand,  der  irgend  ein  Amt 
unter  den  Yereinigten  Staaten  bekleidet,  soil  ein 
Mitglied  irgend  eines  Haiises  walirend  seiner 
Amtsfiilirung  sein  konnen. 

Section  VII. — Clausel  1.  Alle  Yorlagen  ziir 
Erhebung  der  Staatseinkiinfte  sollen  von  dem 
Abgeordnetenhause  ansgelien ;  aber  der  Senat 
kann  Yerbesseriingen  wie  bei  andei-en  Yorlagen 
machen. 

Clausel  2.  Alle  Yorlagen,  die  das  Abgeord- 
netenliaus  und  den  Senat  passiert  haben,  sollen, 
bevor  sie  Gesetz  werden,  deni  Prasidenten  der 
Yereinigten  Staaten  vorgelegt  werden  ;  wenn  er 
sie  billigt,  soil  er  sie  unterzeichnen  ;  aber  wenn 
niclit,  soil  er  sie  niit  seinen  Einwiinden  dem 
Hause,  von  dem  sie  kommen  zuriicksenden,  wel- 
ches dieselben  dann  vollstandig  in  sein  Proto- 
koll  aufzunehmen  und  dariiber  zu  beraten  hat. 
Wenn  nach  soldier  Beratung  zwei  Drittel  des 
Hauses  der  Yorlage  znstimmen,  soil  sie  mit  den 
Einwanden  an  das  andere  Hans  gesandt  werden, 
welches  gleichfalls  dariiber  zu  beraten  hat,  und 
falls  die  Yorlage  audi  hier  eine  zwei  Drittel  Ma- 
joritat  erhalt,  soil  sie  Gesetz  werden.  Aber  in 
alien  solchen  Fallen  soil  namentlidie  Abstimm- 
ung  stattfinden  und  das  Resultat  iui  ProtokoU 
vermerkt  werden.  Wenn  irgend  eine  solche  Yor- 
lage von  dem  Prasidenten  innerhalb  zehn  Tagen 
(Sonntag  ausgenommen)  nicht  znruckgesandt  sein 
sollte,  soil  sie  Gesetz  werden  in  gleicher  Weise, 


NOTES, 
are  always  some  experienced  mem- 
bers. 

Clause  3,  p.  32. 

See  Art.  II.— Sec.  I.— CI.  5,  p.  54. 
No  qualification  as  to  property 
and  no  profession  of  religious  be- 
lief are  required  of  a  Senator  ;  nor 
is  a  previous  residence  in  the  State 
for  a  definite  time  necessary ;  nor 
does  he  forfeit  his  seat  if  he  cease 
to  be  an  inhabitant  of  the  State  for 
which  he  is  chosen  ;  nor  can  the 
Legislature  of  his  State  recall  him ; 
nor  is  he,  or  a  Representative,  in- 
capable of  being  re-elected. 

Clause  4,  p.  32. 
The  Speaker  of  the  House  of 
Representatives  is  a  member  of 
that  body  ;  but  the  presiding  offi- 
cer of  the  Senate  is  not  a  member 
of  the  Senate,  for  fear  of  giving 
too  much  influence  to  that  State 
whose  Senator  should  be  elected  to 
preside. 

Clmise  5,  p.  33. 

It  is  customary  for  the  Vice- 
President  to  vacate  liis  chair  in 
the  Senate,  just  before  the  close  of 
each  session,  and  the  Senate  then 
to  elect  a  President,  pro  tempoi'e, 
to  preside  in  the  Senate  in  case  the 
Vice-President  shall  be  called  up- 
on to  exercise  the  office  of  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States,  in  con- 
sequence of  the  death  of  the  Presi- 
dent, or  otherwise. 

Clause  6,  p.  34. 
See  Art.  I.— Sec.  II.— CI.  5,  p.  30. 
See  Art.  II.— Sec.  IV.,  p.  60. 

The  power  to  try  all  impeach- 
ments after  they  have  been  brought 
forward  by  the  House,  is  vested 
exclusively  in  the  Senate.  The 
object  of  this  provision  is  to  pre- 
vent the  same  body  from  being 
both  accuser  and  judge. 


40  CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 

FKENCH.  ENGLISH, 

Sident  dans  les  dix  jours  (les  dimauclies  exceptes)    tamed  by  the  President  within  ten 

qni  snivront  la  presentation  dii  proiet  an  Prcsi-  ^^^'^  (Sunday  excepted)   after  it 
]      ,     ,       Ti.  •   ^  1        r  1      1    •      1      1      ^^^^^^  ^^^^^  ^'P^n  presented  to  liim, 

dent,  le  dit  projet  prendra  force  de  loi,  de  la  ^hc  same  shall  be  a  law,  in  like 

nieme  maniere  qne  s'il  I'avait  signe,  a  nioins  que  manner  as  if  he  had  signed  it,  nu- 

le  Congres  n'en  ait  enipeche  le  l-envoi  en   s'ajour-    less  the  Congress  by  their  adjonrn- 

nant,  auqnel  cas  le  projet  n'aura  pas  force  de  loi.   "'^"*  prevent  its  return,  in  which 

case  it  shall  not  be  a  law. 

Paragraphe  3.  Tout  ordre,  toute  resolntion  ou  OlanseZ.  Every  order,  resolution 
vote,  exigeant  le  concours  du  Senat  et  de  la  ^^  ^o*^'  *o  winch  the  concurrence 
Chanibre   des    Eepresentants    (excepte    sur   une  ""^  *!'«  Senate  and  House  of  Repre- 

,.  ,,    .  ,       ,  ^  ,  ,      sentativesmav  be  necessary  (except 

question  d  ajournement),  devront  etre  presentes  on  a  question  ;f  adjournment),  shall 
au  President  des  Etats-Unis,  et  avant  de  prendre  be  presented  to  the  President  of 

effet,  devront  etre   approuves   par    lui,  on,  s'il    les    ^^^^  United  states  ;  and  before  the 

dt'sapprouve,  devront  etre  passes  a  nouveau  par  ^'''^''  '^'^^^  ^""^^  ^'^*^^*'  ^'''''"  ^^  -"^P" 

1        1  i.-         J      a  '      i.     ..  J     1     ni         1         JO        proved   by   him,    or   being   disap- 

les  deux  tiers  dn  Senat  et  de  la  Chambre  des  Ee-  ^,^^^^  ^y  him,  shall  be  repassed 
presentants,  confonnement  aux  regies  et  aux  limi-  by  two-thirds  of  the  Senate  and 

tations  prescrites  pour  les  projets  de  loi.  House  of  Representatives,  accord- 

ing to  the  rules  and  limitations  pre- 
scribed in  the  case  of  a  bill. 


Section   VIII. — ParagrajyJie   1.    Le   Congres  Section  \lll.—Clmis6  1.    Tiie 

aura  le  droit  d'etablir  et  de  lever  des  taxes,  droits,  Congress  shall  have  power  to  lay 

/v,.           iMi-                                       iji..           .  ^nd   collect  taxes,  duties,  imposts 

impots  et  contributions  pour  paver  les  dettes  et  ,        .       ,          .-^     I  .         . 

^             ,            ,                     r           r    ./  and   excises,  to  pay  the  debts  and 

pourvoir  a  la  defense  commune  et  au  bien  general  provide  for  the  common  defence 

des   Etats-Unis  ;    niais   tons   les   droits,  les   impots  and  general  welfare  of  the  United 

et  les  contributions  indirectes  devront  etre  uni-  ^*''^**^  ^  ^"*  ^^^  A\ii\Q&,  imposts  and 

p                1          i      i     1?  'i.      J        J       -fT'i.  i.     TT    •  excises  shall  be  uniform  throuarh- 

tornies  dans  toute  letendue  des  Etats-Unis;  ^  .i    tt  •.  ■,  o   . 

'  out  the  United  States ; 

Paragraphe  2.  D'emprunter  de  I'argent  pour  Clmise  2.  To  borrow  money  on 

le  compte  des  Etats-Unis  ;  tl^^  «»'^dit  of  ^^^  United  states ; 

Paragraphe  3.    De  reglementer  le  commerce  ClavseS.  To  regulate  commerce 

avec  les  nations  etrangeres,  et  entre  les  divers  ^'t^  foreign  nations,  and  among 

Etats,  et  avec  les  tribus  indiennes ;  *''^  '^^""^^  ^*''*^''  '^"^  '^^^^^  "^« 

Indian  tribes  ; 

Paragraphe  4.    D'etablir  une  regie  uniforme  Clause  4.   To  establish  an  uni- 

pour  la  natural ilation,  et  des  lois  uniformes  pour  ^^'.'J'  """^^  °^  naturalization,  and 
les  banqneioutes  dans  toute  I'eteiidue  des  Etats- 
Unis  ; 


uniform  laws  on  the  subject  of 
bankruptcies  throughout  the  Unit- 
ed States  ; 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED   STATES. 


41 


GEKMAN,  NOTES. 

als    wenn    der  Priisident  dieselbe   untei'zeichnet      An  impcacliment  is  a  written  ac- 

liatte,  es  sei  denii,  dass  der  Congress  dureli  Ver-   <^"«ation,  charging  a  civil  officer  of 

T       „      ••    1           1                    1-1            •  1      t^i*3    United    States    with    treason, 

tagunu:  die   Zurucksendung  verhindert,  in  wel-  v^ju^^,     „    „n «-  i  •  i 

o      o                                             &                            ?  bribery,    or    otlier   high    crime    or 

cheni  Falle  sie  nicht  ziini  Gesetz  wird.  misdemeanor. 


Clausel  3.  Jede  Verordnung,  jeder  Besclilnss 
oder  jede  Abstininmng,  fiir  welche  die  Zustim- 
uiung  des  Senates  und  des  Abgeordnetenhaiises 
notig  ist  (ausgenoinmen  in  Beziig  aiif  die  Frage 
einer  Vertagnng),  soil  deni  Prasidenten  der 
Vereinigteii  Staaten  vorgelegt  werden ;  und  ehe 
sie  in  Wirksamkeit  treten,  solleii  sie  von  ilini 
bestatigt  werden  ;  oder  falls  or  sie  inissbilligt, 
luiissen  sie  die  Znstimnning  von  zwei  Dritteln 
des  Senates  nnd  des  Abgeordnetenliauses  erlial- 
ten,  ehe  sie  in  Wirksamkeit  treten  koiinen,  in 
gleiclier  Weise  wie  dies  init  einer  Gesetzesvor- 
lage  der  Fall  ist. 

Section  YIII.  —  Clausel  1.  Der  Congress  soil 
die  Maclit  liaben,  Abgaben,  Steuern,  Zolle  und 
Accise  aufzulegen  und  zu  erheben  znr  Bezahlnng 
der  Scliulden  und  fur  die  Landesverteidignng  und 
das  allgeineine  Wolil  der  Vereinigten  Staaten  ; 
aber  alle  Zolle,  Steuern,  Accisen  und  Abgaben 
soUen  ini  ganzen  Lande  dieselben  sein ; 

Clausel  2.  Anleilien  auf  den  Credit  der  Yer- 
einigten  Staaten  abzuschliessen ; 

Clausel  3.  Den  Handel  mit  freniden  Nationen, 
so  wie  zwisclien  den  einzelnen  Staaten  und  mit 
den  indianischen  Stammen  zu  regeln ; 

Clausel  4.  Eine  gleichmassige  Form  der  Na- 
turalisation  und  gleiclie  Gesetze  in  Bezug  auf 
Bankerotte  in  den  Yereinigten  Staaten  einzu- 
f  iiliren ; 


Section  IV.  —  Clause  1,  p.  34. 

By  au  act  of  Congress,  passed 
June  25,  1842,  it  is  provided  that 
the  Representatives  from  a  State 
shall  be  elected  by  districts  equal 
in  number  to  the  number  of  Rep- 
resentatives to  which  the  State  :s 
entitled,  and  each  of  these  con- 
gressional districts  shall  elect  one 
Representative. 

Clause  2,  p.  34. 

A  different  day  for  assembling 
has  frequently  been  appointed. 

The  Constitution  does  not,  in  ex- 
press terms,  determine  the  place 
where  Congress  shall  meet.  It  is 
provided  by  an  act  of  Congress, 
that,  when  on  account  of  the  prev- 
alence of  a  contagious  disease,  or 
for  other  causes,  it  would  be  dan- 
gerous to  the  health  of  the  mem- 
bers to  meet  at  the  place  to  which 
Congress  shall  stand  adjourned, 
the  President  may,  by  proclama- 
tion, convene  Congress  at  such 
place  as  he  may  deem  proper. 

Section  V. —  Clause  2,  p.  36. 

There  is  no  express  power  given 
by  the  Constitution  to  either  house 
to  punish  for  a  breach  of  its  privi- 
leges, for  disorderly  conduct,  or 
for  contempt,  except  when  com- 
mitted by  its  own  members.  Yet 
it  has  been  held  that  such  power 
exists  ;  also,  that  Congress  is  the 
sole  tribunal  to  determine  when  it 
should  be  exercised,  or  what  pun- 
ishment should  be  inflicted.  A 
similar  power  has  been  frequently 
exercised  by  the  Legislatures  of 
the    States.     When    imprisonment 


42  CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED   STATES. 

FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 

Paragrajphe  5.  De  frapper  la  monnaie,  d'en       Clau»e  5.  To  coin  monev,  regu- 

regler  la  valeur,  aiusi   que   celle  des  uionnaies  ^^*°  *^''  ^^^^^  thereof,  and  of  for- 

.     ^     n  1,',    1  1  .1  eign  coin,  and  fix  the  standard  of 

etraiifferes,  et  de  nxer  retalon  des  poids  et  me-       •  w       , 

®         '  r  '^  weights  and  measures ; 

siires ; 

Paragrajjhe  6.  De  pourvoir  au  chatiment  de  Clause  6.  To  provide  for  the 
ceux  qui  coutrefont  les  titres  et  la  monnaie  des  Punishment  of  counterfeiting  the 

-^.    f.     TT    •    .  securities  and  current  coin  of  the 

'  United  States ; 
Paragraphe  7.  D'etablir  des  bureaux  de  poste       clause  7.  To  establish  post-offices 

et  des  malles-postes ;  and  post-roads ; 

Paragra.'phe  8.  D'encourager  le  progres  des  Gkiusc  8.  To  promote  tho  prog- 
sciences  et  des  arts  utiles,  en  assurant,  pour  des  ress  of  science  and  useful  arts,  by 
periodes  limitces,  aux  auteurs  et  aux  inventeurs  securing,  for  limited  times,  to  au- 
,  T  .  ^  1  •  c  '  1  '  • .  .•  r  .  ,  thor»  and  inventors  the  exclusive 
le  droit  exclusir  a  leurs  ecrits  respectif s  et  a  leurs  ^;„v,f  ♦„  ^^   ■  *• 

t  "    right  to   their  respective   writings 

deCOUVertes  ;  and  discoveries  ; 

Paragraplie  9.  De  constituer  des  tribunaux  in-       Clause  9.  To  constitute  tribunals 

ferieurs  a  la  Cour  Supreme  ;  inferior  to  the  Suprenie  Court ; 

Paragrajjhe  10.  De  definir  et  de  reprimer  les  Clause- 10.  To  define  and  punish 

pirateries  et  les  felonies  commises  en  pleine  mer,  piracies  and  felonies  committed  on 

et  les  offenses  contre  le  droit  des  gens ;  "^^  I^^h  seas,  and  offences  against 

*^         '  the  law  of  nations ; 

Paragraphs  11.    De  declarer  la  guerre,  d'ac-  Clause  11.  To  declare  war,  grant 

corder  des  lettres  de  marque  et  de  represailles,  et  letters  of  marque  and  reprisal,  and 

d'etablir  des  regies  touchant  les  captures  sur  terra  °'^^'  '""^^^  concerning  captures  on 

*■  land  and  water ; 

et  sur  eau ; 

Paragraphs  12.  De  lever  et  d'entretenir  des  Cliuse  12.  To  raise  and  support 
armees,  mais  il  ne  pourra  etre  affeete  de  fonds  a  armies,  but  no  appropriation  of 
cet  usage  pour  une  periode  de  plus  de  deux  ans  ;  ""^"^^  ^^  *^^*  "'^  "^'''^^  ^^  *"'''"  ''* 

''  longer  term  than  two  years  ; 

Pai'agra'phe  13.  De  cruer  et  d'entretenir  une  Clause  13.  To  provide  and  main- 
marine  ;  tain  a  navy  ; 

Paragraphs  14.  D'etablir  des  regies  pour  le  Clause  u.  To  make  rules  for  the 
gouvernement  et  la  reglementation  des  forces  de  government  and  regulation  of  the 
terre  et  de  mer ;  ^^"'^  ^""^  ^^^^'^^  ^°''«^' ' 

Paragraphs  15.  De  pourvoir  a  I'appel  des  mi-  Clause  15.  To  provide  for  calling 
lices  pour  faire  executer  les  lois  de  I'Union,  snp-  forth  the  militia  to  execute  the 
primer  les  insurrections,  et  repousser  les  inva-  ^'''^'  °^  *''^  ^'"°"'  suppress  insur- 

rections  and  repel  invasions ; 

sious : 


CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 


43 


GERMAN. 

Clausel  5.  Geld  zu  pragen  und  den  Wert  des- 
selbeii,  wie  den  der  freinden  Miinzen  zu  1-egeln, 
ebenfalls  das  Normalmass  der  Gewichte  und 
Masse  zu  bestiinmen  ; 

Clausel  6.  Die  Bestrafung  der  Falscher  von 
Staatspapieren  und  Miinzen  zu  veranlassen ; 

Clausel  7.  Postamter  zu  errichten  und  gute 
uffentliche  Wege  herzustellen ; 

Clausel  8.  Wissenscliaft  und  Kiinste  zu  for- 
dern,  in  der  Weise,  dass  Autoren  und  Erfinder 
f  iir  eine  gewisse  Zeit  das  ausschliessliche  Reclit 
an  ihren  Scliopf ungen  und  Ei-findungen  liaben ; 

Clausel  9.  Gericlitshofe  zu  errichten,  welche 
unter  dein  obersten  Gericlitshofe  stehen  sollen ; 

Clausel  10.  Seerauberei  und  Verbrechen  auf 
holier  See,  sowie  Yergehen  gegen  das  allgenaeine 
Yolkerrecht  zu  bestrafen ; 

Clausel  1 1.  Krieg  zu  erklaren,  Kaperbriefe 
auszustellen  und  Bestiniinungen  in  Betreff  von 
Eroberungen  zu  Lande  und  zur  See  zu  treffen ; 

Clausel  12.  Trnppen  anzuwerben  luid  zu  un- 
terhalten  ;  aber  keine  Gelder  zu  diesein  Zweck 
sollen  auf  langer  als  zwei  Jahre  bewilligt  wer- 
den; 

Clausel  13.  Eine  Kriegsmarine  zn  errichten 
und  zn  unterhalten  ; 

Clausel  14.  Bestimmungen  iiber  den  Befehl 
und  die  Yerwendung  der  Land-  und  Seemacht  zu 
treffen ; 

Clausel  15.  Die  Miliz  einzuberufen,  um  die 
Ausfiihrnng  der  Gesetze  der  Union  zn  erzwingen, 
Aufrnhr  zu  bewaltigen  und  feindliche  Einfalle 
zuriickzuweisen ; 


NOTES. 

is  part  of  the  punishment  imposed 
for  contempt,  such  imprisonment, 
unless  limited  to  a  shorter  period, 
terminates  with  the  session  of  Con- 
gress, and  no  court  has  a  right  to 
inquire  directly  into  the  correct- 
ness or  propriety  of  the  commit- 
ment, or  to  discharge  the  prisoner. 

Clame  3,  p.  36. 

A  member  of  the  House  or  Sen- 
ate, if  he  desires  to  vote  on  a  ques- 
tion, must  give  his  vote  in  person. 

By  one  of  the  rules  of  the  House 
of  Representatives,  no  member  is 
allowed  to  vote  on  any  qitestion  in 
the  event  of  which  he  is  inter- 
ested. 

By  an  act  of  Congress,  passed 
April  21,  1808,  no  member  of  Con- 
gress is  allowed  to  hold  or  enjoy 
any  contract  or  .agreement  made  in 
behalf  of  the  United  States  ;  and 
penalties  are  imposed  upon  any 
officer  of  the  United  States  who 
enters  into  a  public  contract  with 
a  member  of  Congress. 

Clause  4,  p.  3Q. 

See  Art.  II.— Sec.  III.,  p.  58. 

Congress  can  only  separate  in 
two  ways  :  1st,  by  adjournment  ; 
2d,  by  the  expiration  of  the  two 
years,  which  is  the  limit  of  the  du- 
ration of  a  Congress  ;  for  a  new 
Congress  commences  on  Marcli  4th 
in  every  other  year.  The  number 
of  sessions  which  a  particular  Con- 
gress may  hold  is  not  fixed  by  the 
Constitution  ;  a  Congress  generally 
holds  two,  but  sometimes  three 
sessions.  The  time  when  one  ses- 
sion of  a  Congress  shall  close  and 
the  next  session  commence,  is  gen- 
erally determined  by  a  joint  reso- 
lution of  the  Senate  and  the  House 
of  Representatives.  But  in  every 
second  year  the  Congress  must  ne- 


44  CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 

FKENCH.  ENGLISH. 

Paragraphe  16.  De  pourvoii-  a  rorgaiiisatiou,  Clause  16.  To  provide  for  org.in- 

a  I'arraement  et  a  la  discipline  de  la  milice,  et  au  ^"'"S'  ^^°^"^S'  ''^"'^  disciplining  th., 

,      ,                .          ,                                         .  militia,    and    for    governing  such 

gouvernemeiit   de  la  portion  de  cette  nnlice  qni  p^rt  of  them  as  may  be  employed 

poiirra  etre  eniploj'ee  au  service  des  Etats-Unis,  in  the  service  of  the  United  States, 

resei-vant  anx  Etats  la  nomination  de  lenrs  ofR-  leserving  to  the  States  respectively 

ciers  respectifs,  et  le  pouvoir  d'instrnire  la  milice  the  appointment  of  the  officers,  and 

,      ,                              '^            .                1     /-I            <  the  authority  of  training  the  mi h- 

d  apres  la  disciplme  prescnte  par  le  Congres ;  ^^^  according  to  the  discipline  p.e- 

scribed  by  Congress ; 

Paragraphe   17.    D'exercer   exclnsivement   la  Clause  17.  To  exercise  exclusive 

legislation, 'dans  tons  les  cas  quelconqnes.  sur  tout  legislation  in  all  cases  whatsoever 

.                                                    ,.           -ii                  /  X          .  over  such  district   (not  exceeding 

district  (ne  depassant  pas  dix  mdles  carres),  qui  ^^^^  ^j^^^  square)  as  may,  by  ces- 

ponrra,  en  consequence  d'uiie  cession  faite  par  des  sion  of  particular  states,  and  the 

Etats  particuliers,  et  par  Tacceptation  du  Congres,  acceptance    of    Congress,    become 

devenir  le  siege  du  gouvernement  des  Etats-Unis,  theseat  of  the  government  of  the 

^                  ,    ,                                        11.  United  States,  and  to  exercise  like 

et  d'exercer  nne  autorite  pareille  surtousleslieux  authority  over  all  places  purchased 

aclietes  avec  le  consentement  de  la  Legislature  de  by  the  consent  of  the  Legislature 

I'Etat  oil  ils  seront  situes,  pour  I'erection  de  forts,  of  the  State  iu  which  the  same 

J                   '11                        j„    „i  „  .4.*„  „    „„.  V  „  shall  be,  for  the  erection  of  forts, 

de  magasins,  d  arsenaux,  de  cJiantiers  maritimes,  .  '                ,       ,    ,        , 

'^           '     „             ,            .               -p,  magazines,    arsenals,     dock-yards, 

et  d'autres  edifices  necessaires ;— Et  ^^^^   otl^^^  v^^^^IxA  buildings  ;- 

And 

Paragraphe  18.  De  faire  toutes  les  lois  neces-  Clause  18.    To  make  all  laws 

saires  et  convenables  pour  mettre  a  execution  les  ^^!''^  '^^""  ^"  necessary  and  prop- 

'                                                         .  er  for  carrying  into  execution  the 

pouvoirs   ci-dessus,   et   tons   les   autres   pouvoirs  fo,,goi„g  powers,  and   all  other 

donnes  par  la  presente  Constitution  au  gouvei-ne-  powers  vested  by  this  Constitution 

inent  des  Etats-Unis,  on  a  un  departement  on  a  i»  the  government  of  the  United 

,•        ,.            •        q       A-ir    \?t-  tr  States,    or  in   any   department  or 

un  roiictionnaire  des  dits  Etats.  „       ,        „ 

officer  thereot. 

Section  IX. — Paragraphe  1.    P immigration  Section  IX.  —  Clause  1.    The 

ou  importation  de  toutes  personnesqiCun  des  Etats  '«*6"-«<^'^  or  importation  of  such 

J.                    •  J      J     •                  7          71     7  persons  as  any  of  the  States  noio  ex- 

actuellement  existants  jugeront  Ion  dadmettre,  ne  i^,,^  ^,^^  ^j.i,;^  proper  to  admit, 

sera  point  prohihee par  le  Congres  avant  Vannee  gjuiU  not  be  prohibited  by  tJie  Con- 

1808,  mais  il  pourra  etre  impose  une  taxe  ou  gress  prior  to  the  year  one  tJmis:ind 

droit  sur  la  dite  importation,  ne  depassant  pas  eight  hundred  and  eight,  but  a  tax 

or  duty  may  be  imposed  on  such  im- 

dtx  dollars  par  persons.  portation,  not  exceeding  ten  dollars 

for  each  person, 

Paragraphe  2.    Le  privilege  de  I'ordonnance  Clause  2.  The  privilege  of  tlie 

d'habeas  coi-pns  ne  pourra  pas  etre  suspendu,  si  ce  ^"t  ""^  ^'''^^''^  ^•"■P"^  ^'^^ii  "°*  ^ 

suspended,  unless  when  in  cases  of 


CONSTITUTION    OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 


45 


GERMAN. 

Clausel  16.  Fiir  die  Organisation,  Bewaffnnng 
iind  Ubuiig  der  Miliz  zii  sorgen,  aueh  solche 
Teile  derselben,  die  iin  Dienste  der  Vereinig- 
ten  Staaten  stehen,  zu  coniniandieren,  iiidess  soil 
den  einzelneii  Staaten  die  Ernennnng  der  Offi- 
ziere  iind  das  Einexercieren  der  Miliz  nach  den 
Bestimniuno-en  des  Congresses  vorbehalten  sein  ; 

Clcmsel  17.  Die  ausschliessiiclie  Gesetzgebung 
in  alien  Districten  auszuiiben,  welche  (wenn  nielit 
grosser  als  zelin  Quadratmeilen)  durch  Abtretung 
der respectiven  Staaten  und  Annahme  Seitens  des 
Congresses,  Sitz  der  Regiernng  der  Vereinigten 
Staaten  werden  niid  gleichfalls  dieselbe  Autori- 
tat  an  alien  Platzen  auszuiiben,  welche  mit  Zu- 
stininiung  der  Legislatur  des  betreffenden  Staates, 
in  M-elcheni  sie  ]ie«;en,  zur  Eri'ichtunor  von  Fes- 
tungen,  Magazinen,  Arsenalen,  Schiffswerften 
und  anderen  notwendigen  Baulichkeiten  ange- 
kauft  sind  ; — Und 

ClaiLsel  18.  Alle  Gesetze  zu  niachen,  welche 
znr  richti2:en  Ansfiihruno;  der  obigen  und  aller 
anderen  Vollniachten,  welche  dnrch  die  Consti- 
tution der  Regierung  der  Vereinigten  Staaten  so 
wie  irgend  einer  Abteilnnor  derselben  erteilt  wer- 
den,  notig  nnd  geeignet  sind. 

Section  IX. —  Clausel  1.  Die  Elnwanderung 
solcher  Personen^  welche  irgend  einer  der  Staaten 
zulassen  mag,  soil  vom  Congresse  vor  dem  Jahre 
1808  nicht  verhoten  werden  /  dber  eine  Ahgabe 
hann  von  solchen  Einwandei'ern  erhohen  werden, 
welche  nicht  hoher  als  zehn  Dollars  fiir  jede 
Person  sein  soil. 

Clausel  2.  Das  Privileginm  der  Habeas  Cor- 
pus Acte  soil  nicht  aufgehoben  werden,  ausge- 


NOTES. 

cessarily  adjourn  on  March  3cl,  be- 
cause the  term  for  which  all  the 
Representatives  and  one-third  of 
the  Senators  are  elected,  expires 
on  that  day. 

Section  Yl.— Clause  1,  p.  36. 

Under  the  Confederation,  the  ex- 
penses of  the  delegates  were  paid 
by  the  States  they  represented. 
If  a  member  of  Congress  publish  a 
speech  which  is  libellous,  it  is  said 
that  he  is  not  protected  by  his  privi- 
lege. 

Section  \ll.—Clanse.  1,  p.  38. 

The  House  of  Representatives  is 
more  immediately  dependent  upon 
the  people,  and  more  directly  rep- 
resents their  opinions  and  wishes, 
and  possesses  at  the  same  time 
more  knowledge  of  the  local  wants 
of  each  part  of  the  country. 
Clause  2,  p.  38. 

An  act  of  Congress  goes  into  ef- 
fect the  day  on  which  it  is  ap- 
proved by  the  President,  unless  the 
act  itself  appoint  a  different  time. 

The  object  of  vesting  the  Veto 
power  in  the  hands  of  the  Presi- 
dent is  to  serve  as  a  check  upon 
improper  legislation.  The  Presi- 
dent would  be  likely  to  view  a  bill 
differently  from  Congress  because 
of  the  difference  in  the  nature  of 
his  office  and  in  the  mode  of  his 
appointment. 

The  Veto  power  may  be  useful 
in  resisting  encroachments  of  the 
Legislature  upon  the  other  depart- 
ments of  Government,  and  in  pre- 
venting immature  and  hasty  legis- 
lation. 

N.B. — The    italicized    clause    is 
obsolete,  Sec.  IX. — CI.  1,  p.  44. 
Clause  3,  p.  40. 

The  object  of  this  provision  is  to 
prevent  Congress  from  evading  the 


46  CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 

FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 

irest  lorsque,  en  cas  de  rubellion  on  d'invasion,  le  rebellion  or  invasion  the  public 

saint  public  poun-ait  Texiger.  '''^''^  °^^-^  '•^^"'^^  ''■ 

Paragra].>lie  3.  II  iie  ponrra  etre  passe  aucnne  Clame  3.  No  bill  of  attainder  or 

loi  pronon9ant  la  inort  civile  on  ajant  un  effet  ox-post-facto  law  shall  be  passed, 
retroactif. 

Paragrajphe  4.  II  ne  sera  point  etabli  de  capi-  Claused.  No  capitation  or  other 

tation  ni  ancune  autre  taxe  directe,  si  ce  n'est  en  ^^^^e^*  ^-'^^  ^'^^^^^  ^*^  ^^^'i'  ""*«^^  '" 

,  .1/1  ,_    proportion   to   the  census  or  enu- 

proportion  avec  le  recensement  ou  denombrement  ^^^^^.^^  hereinbefore  directed  to 

qui  doit  ctre  fait  d'apres  les  indications  plus  haut  ^e  taken. 

enoncees. 

Paragraphed.  II  ne  sera  etabli  ancune  taxe       CTait»«  5.  No  tax  or  duty  shall  be 

ni  droit  sur  les  articles  exportes  d'un  Etat  quel-  ^^'^  "^  articles  exported  from  any 

state, 
conque. 

Paragraphe   6.     Aucune   preference   ne   sera      Clause  6.  No  preference  shall  be 
donnee  par  regleinent  de  conitnerce  ou  de  douane  gi^en  by  any  regulation  of  com- 

ji-fl'i.i.  ji  1.  «.„        merce  or  revenue  to  the  ports  of 

aux  ports  d  un  Etat  sur  ceux  d  un  auti-e     et  au-  „^  ^  ^,  .       ., 

^  one   State  over  those  of  another  ; 

cun  navire  a  destination  on  en  partance  dun  „or  shall  vessels  bound  to,  or  from, 
fitat,  ne  sera  tenu  d'entrer,  de  sortir,  ou  de  payer  one  State,  be  obliged  to  enter,  clear, 
des  droits  dans  un  autre.  o»'  P^y  <iuties  in  another. 

Paragraphe  7.  II  ne  pourra  etre  retire  d'argent      Clause  7.   No  money  shall  be 
du    tresor,   qu'en    consequence    d'appropriations  drawn  from  the  treasury  but  in 

„   .,  1    •         .    •!  i_i' '    J      i        _      '     consequence  of  appropriations  made 

faites  par  line  loi ;  et  il  sera  public  de  temps  a        /*         ^  , 

tr  ^  IT  1  l,y  1j^^  .    jin(j  a  regular  statement 

autre  nn  etat  regulier  et  un  cotnpte  des  recettes  J^^  account  of  the  receipts  and 
et  des  depenses  de  toute  nature  du  tresor  public,     expenditures  of  all  public  money 

shall   be   published   from  time   to 

time. 

Paragraphe  8.  Nul   litre  de  noblesse  ne  sera      ciame  8.    No  title  of  nobility 
accorde  par  les  Etats-Unis;  et  aucune  personne  shall  be   granted  by  the  United 

occupant  un  emploi  salarie  ou  un  poste  de  con-  States  :  And  no  person  holding  any 
„  ■,  .    ,  1  office  of  profit  or  trust  under  them, 

fiance  sous  leur  autorite,  ne  pourra,  sans  le  con-  ^^^^^^  ^.^j^^^^^  ^^^^  ^^^^^^^^  ^^  ^,^^ 
sentement  du  Congres,  accepter  ni  present,  ni  congress,  accept  of  any  present, 
gratification,  ni  fonction,  ni  titre,  de  quelque  na-  emolument,  office,  or  title,  of  any 
ture  que  ce  soit,  d'aucun  roi,  prince,  ou  etat  etran-  ^^1"^  wha^tever,  from  any  king, 
ger. 


prince  or  foreign  state. 


Section  H.— Paragraphe  1.    Aucun  Etat  ne      Section  X.—CTaM«el.  No  State 

pourra   COnclure   de   traitC,  d'alliance,    ou   de   con-    shall  enterinto  any  treaty  alliance 

federation  ;  accorder  des  lettres  de  marque  ou  de 


or  confederation;   grant  letters  of 


CONSTITUTION  OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 


47 


GERMAN. 

nommen  in  Fallen,  wo  Kevolution  oder  Krieg  es 
iiotig  niachen. 

Claitsel  3.  Hochverrat  soil  niclit  mit  Sclian- 
dung  der  Fainilie  bestraft  werden  nnd  kein  Crim- 
inalgesetz  soil  riickwirkende  Kraft  liaben. 

Clausel  4.  Keine  Kopfstener  oder  andere  di- 
recte  Abgabe  soil  erhoben  werden,  wenn  nicht 
ini  Verlialtiiiss  zur  Zalil  der  Bevolkerung. 


Clausel  5.  Kein  Zoll  oder  Abgabe  soil  von 
Waaren,  die  von  einem  Staate  nach  eineni  an- 
deren  gesandt  werden,  erhoben  werden. 

Clausel  6.  Kein  Staat  soli  vor  einem  anderen 
Yorteile  in  BetrefP  von  Hafenabgaben  haben, 
audi  sollen  Schiffe,  die  von  einem  Staate  znm 
anderen  fahren,  niclit  notig  liaben,  in  dem  an- 
deren zn  declarieren,  clarieren  oder  Abgaben  zu 
zahlen. 

Clausel  7.  Gelder  konnen  aus  dem  Staats- 
schatze  nnr  in  Folge  von  Gesetzbestimmungen 
gezogen  M'erden  niid  eine  genaue  Anfstellnng 
aller  Einnahmen  nnd  Ansgaben  soil  von  Zeit  zu 
Zeit  veroffentliclit  M-erden. 

Clausel  8.  Kein  Adel  soil  von  den  Vereinig- 
ten  Staaten  verlielien  werden  nnd  Niemand,  der 
ein  Amt  unter  der  Regiernng  bekleidet,  soil 
ohne  Znstimmung  des  Congi-esses  ein  Gesclienk, 
eine  Belohnung,  ein  Amt  oder  einen  Titel  von 


irgend    einem 


Konig,    Fiirsten    oder    fremden 


Staate  annehmen  diirfen. 

Section  X. —  Clausel  1.  Kein  Staat  soil  Ver- 
trage  oder  Biindnisse  abschliessen  ;  Kaperbriefe 
aiisstellen  ;    Geld   pragen ;    Staatspapiere   ansge- 


NOTES. 

Veto  power,  by  passing  a  law  un- 
der some  other  name. 

Tlie  President  lias  no  Veto  power 
on  a  question  of  adjournment. 

Section  VIII.,  p.  40. 

The  grant  of  a  power  to  Con- 
gress, by  the  Constitution,  does  not 
of  itself  imply  that  the  States  are 
prohibited  from  exercising  the 
same.  It  is  the  actual  exercise  of 
a  power  by  Congress  which  re- 
stricts the  States.  Powers  which 
may  be  exercised  both  by  Congress 
and  the  States  are  termed  concur- 
rent powers,  as  Bankruptcy  ;  those 
exercised  by  Congress  alone  are 
termed  exclusive  powers,  as  Com- 
merce. 

Clause  1,  p.  40. 

It  has  been  a  subject  of  frequent 
discussion  whether  the  words  "to 
pay  the  debts  and  provide  for  the 
common  defence  and  general  wel- 
fare of  the  United  States  "  grant  a 
separate  and  independent  power  to 
Congress,  or  whether  they  are 
used  only  to  point  out  the  pur- 
pose for  which  the  taxes,  duties 
and  imposts  are  to  be  collected. 
The  latter  opinion  is  generally  re- 
ceived as  correct.  Art.  I.,  Sec.  II., 
CI.  3,  p.  30,  requires  that  direct 
taxes  be  apportioned  among  the 
States  according  to  their  respective 
numbers;  and  Sec.  IX.,  CI.  4,  p. 
46,  of  the  same  article,  prohibits 
any  capitation  or  other  direct  tax, 
unless  in  proportion  to  the  census. 

A  capitation,  or,  as  it  is  some- 
times called,  a  poll-tax,  is  a  tax 
imposed  upon  each  head  or  person 
of  the  population.  There  are  two 
rules,  therefore,  for  the  govern- 
ment of  Congress  in  imposing 
taxes :  1,  The  rule  of  apportion- 
ment.   2.  The  rule  of  uniformity. 


4S  COA'STITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 

FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 

represaillos;    f  rapper  des  monnaies  ;  oinettre  des  marque  and  reprisal ;  coin  money  •. 

,  .f,  ■■  '  T.       'X   1  T     J9      i.        'i  1^.  ,.,^,./«-«;,.^    emit   bills   of    credit  :    make   any 

betsde  credit:  etablir  d'autre  etalon  monetaire  ,,.,,,.,.,         .     , 

"  '  tlimg  but  gold  and  silver  coin  a  ten- 

quel'or  et  I'argent  pour  le  paiement  des  dettes;  der  in  payment  of  debts ;  pass  any 

passer  de  loi  pronon9aiit  la  mort  civile  ou  ayaiit  bill  of  attainder,  ex-post-facto  law, 

iiu  effet  retroactif,  iii  de  loi  portant  atteiiite  aux  or  law  impairing  the  obligation  of 

,      ,         .  A        i^  4.,v..^^  -A^    contracts,  or  grant  any  title  of  no- 

eiK>-ao'ements  par  contrats,  ni  accorder  de  titres  de  '      ^  ^ 

^  »  ^  '  buity. 

noblesse. 

ParagrafJie  2,  Aucun  £tat  ne  pourra,  sans  le       Claused.  No  state  shall,  without 

COnsentement    du    Congres,    etablir    d'iuipots    ou    "le    consent   of  the   Congress,  lay 

.  ,  .  any  imposts  or  duties  on  imports  or 

droits  sur  les  importations  ou  les  exportations,   ^^^^^^^^  ^^^^p^  ^^^^^  ^^^  ^^  ^^_ 

excepte  ce  qui  sera  absolument  necessaire  pour  soiuteiy  necessary  for  executing  its 

executer  ses  lois  d'inspection  ;  et  le  produit  net  inspection  laws ;  and  the  net  prod- 

de  tons  droits  et  inipots,  etablis  par  un  Etat,  sur  "««  «*  ^^^  ^''^'^^  and  imposts,  laid 

J        .     ,    by  any  State  on  imports  or  exports, 

les  importations  et  les  exportations,  sera  destine  ^1,^11  be  for  the  use  of  the  treasury 

a  Tusage   du   tresor  des  Etats-Unis  ;   et  toutes  lois    of  the  United  states  ;  and  all  such 

de  cette  nature  seront  soumises  a  la  revision  et  laws  shall  be  subject  to  the  revision 

an  controle  du  Congres.  ^''^  ^^^^^^^^  «^  "^^  Gonsv,,s. 

Paragrajphe  3.  Nul  fitat  ne  pourra,   sans  le  Claused.  No  state  shall,  without 

consentement  du  Congres,  etablir  aucun  droit  de  '}'  «°"f  "*  «f  Congress   lay  any 

^        '  .  duty    of    tonnage,  keep   troops   or 

tonnage,  entretenir  des  troupes,  ou  des  vaisseaux  g^^ipg  ^f.^^r,  in  time  of  peace,  en- 
de  guerre,  en  temps  de  paix,  ni  faire  aucune  con-  ter  into  any  agreement  or  compact 
vention  ou  pacte  avec  un  autre  Etat,  ou  avec  une  with  another  state,  or  with  a  for- 

puissance  etrangere,  ni  s'engager  dans  une  cruerre,  ^'S"  P^^^^'  «^-  ^^f  ^^  ^''^'^'  ""; 
^  '111  .  1'        .        less  actually  invaded,  or   in   such 

a  moins  d'invasion  reelle,  ou  de  danger  si  iinmin-  i^jn^i^ent  danger  as  will  not  admit 

ent  qu'il  n'admetto  point  de  delai.  of  delay. 

ARTICLE  II. — Departement  executif.  ARTICLE  II.— Executive  Department. 

Section  l.—Paragraj)he  1.    Le  pouvoir  exe-      Section  I.— Clause  1.  The  ex- 
.  p  n '     y  T>    '    •  1      i  J       T7i.   i.     TT    '      ficutive  powcr  shall  be  vested  in  a 

cutif  sera  conne  a  un  i  resident  des  Ji,tats-Unis         .,.».,     tt  •.  ^  a.  *       * 

President  of  the  United  States  ot 

d'Amerique.  Le  President  restera  en  fonctions  America.  He  shall  hold  his  office 
pendant  un  terine  de  quatre  ans,  et,  conjointe-  during  the  term  of  four  years,  and, 
meat   avec   le    Vice-President,  nomine   pour   le  together  with  the  Vice-President. 

,1  •,  chosen  for  the  same  term,  be  elect- 

meme  terme,  sera  elu  comme  suit:  ^      ,  ,, 

'  ed  as  follows : 

ParagrapKe  2.  Cliaque  Etat  nommera,  de  la       Claused.  Each  State  shall  ap- 
maniere  qui  sera  indiquee  par  sa  Legislature,  un  T"*'  i"  such  m.nnner  astheLegis- 

^~  -^  "^  ^  laturethereofmav  direct,  a  number 

nombred'Electeursegalaunombre  total  des  Sena-   ^^  Electors,  eqiiai  to  the   whole 


CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 


49 


GKRMAN. 

ben ;  irgend  welclie  andere  Werte  als  Gold  und 
Silber  zur  Zahliing  von  Schulden  zulassen ;  "  bills 
of  attainder "  oder  Criminalgesetze  mit  riickwir- 
kender  Kraft  oder  Gesetze,  welche  Yerpflichtun- 
gen  und  Vertrage  umstossen,  erlasscn,  nocli  Adel 
verleihen  konnen. 

Clausel  2.  Ivein  Staat  soil  ohne  Zustimmnng 
des  Congresses  Ein-  nnd  Ausfulirzolle  erlieben 
konnen,  ansgenoraraen  wenn  solclie  absolut  no- 
tig  zur  Ausfiilirung  der  betreffenden  Inspeetions- 
gesetze  sind  ;  und  alle  Einkiinfte  von  ZoUen  und 
Abgaben  sollen  in  den  Schatz  der  Yereinigten 
Staaten  abgefiihrt  werden,  audi  sollen  ^lle  be- 
treffende  Gesetze  der  Revision  und  Controlle  des 
Congresses  unterworfen  sein. 

Clausel  3.  Kein  Staat  soil  ohne  Zustimmung 
des  Congresses  Schiffsabgaben  erheben,  Truppen 
oder  Kriegsscbiffe  in  Friedenszeiten  unterlialten, 
Yertrage  mit  eineni  anderen  Staate  oder  einer 
freniden  Macht  abschliessen,  noch  Krieo-  begiu- 
nen,  ausgenommen  im  Fall  eines  Angriffes  oder 
einer  Gefabr,  welche  keine  Yerzogerung  gestat- 
tet. 

ARTIKEL  II.  —  Abteilung,  die  vollziehende  Gewalt 
betreffend. 

Section  I. — Clausel  1.  Die  vollziehende  Ge- 
walt soil  sich  in  den  Handen  eines  Prasidenten 
der  Yereinigten  Staaten  von  Amerika  befinden. 
Er  soil  dieses  Amt  wahrend  vier  Jahre  bekleiden 
und,  mit  dem  Yice-Prasidenten,  welcher  fiir  die- 
selbe  Dauer  gewahlt  wird,  in  folgender  Weise 
erwahlt  werden  : 

Clausel  2.  Jeder  Staat  soil,  in  der  von  der 
Legislatur  vorgeschriebenen  Weise,  eine  Anzahl 
von  Wahlmannern  ernennen,  eben  so  gross  wie 


NOTES. 

Capitations  and  other  direct  tax- 
es are  to  be  laid  by  tlie  first  rule  ; 
duties,  imposts,  excises  and  indi- 
rect taxes  generally,  are  to  be  laid 
by  the  second  rule. 

The  power  of  Congress  to  lay 
and  collect  taxes,  duties,  imposts 
and  excises,  extends  to  the  District 
of  Columbia,  though  it  is  not  rep- 
resented in  Congress,  and  also  to 
the  territories  of  the  United  States. 
But  Congress  is  not  bound  to  ex- 
tend a  direct  tax  to  the  district 
and  territories.  They  are  held 
subject  to  taxation,  because  the 
power  of  taxation  vested  by  the 
Constitution  in  Congress  extends 
over  the  whole  country. 

Duties  on  imports  are  of  two 
kinds :  1.  Specific  duties,  esti- 
mated by  weight  or  measure.  2. 
Ad  valorem  duties,  estimated  ac- 
cording to  value. 

If  imported  goods  are  not  to  be 
used  in  the  United  States,  but  are 
to  be  re-exported,  an  allowance  is 
made  to  the  importer,  and  in  some 
cases  the  whole,  in  others  a  part,  of 
the  duties  is  paid  back  to  him. 
This  allowance  is  called  a  draw- 
back. The  collector  of  the  port 
gives  to  the  importer  a  certificate, 
called  a  debenture,  which  sets 
forth  the  amount  due  for  draw- 
back of  duties. 

The  rate  of  customs  and  duties 
paj'able  on  merchandise  is  called 
a  Tariff.  The  list  of  articles,  ar- 
ranged so  as  to  exhibit  the  various 
duties,  drawbacks,  etc..  charged  or 
allowed  on  the  importation  or  ex- 
portation of  foreign  and  domestic 
articles,  is  also  called  a  Tariff. 

Clause  3,  p.  40. 

Trafiic,  or  the  interchange  of 
commodities,  and   commercial   in- 


50  CONSTITUTION  OF  THE   UNITED   STATES. 

FRENCH.  ENGLISH, 

tenrs   et   des  EepresentantS    auqnel  Cet  Etat  pent    number  of  Senators  and  Represen- 

avoir  droit  au  Congres ;  mais   iinl  Senatenr   on  *^^^''*^'  ^"^  ^^'^"'^  ^^'^  ^^^^"  ""'''^  ^^ 

,  .  entitled   in   the  Congress ;  but  no 

Representant,  ni  ancnne  personne  occnpant  un  s,,,^tor  or  Representative,  or  per- 
emploi  de  confiance  ou  nne  fonction  salariee  sons  son  holding  an  office  of  trust  or 
I'antorite  des  Etats-Unis  iie  pourra  etre  designee  V^^^^  ""^er  the   United   states, 

COmme  Electenr.  '^'""^^  ^^  appointed  an  Elector. 

Paragrajphe  ^.  (II  n'a  pas  ete  jnge  iiecessaire       {Cause  Z.  Tlw Electors shaU meet 
do  tradnire  ce  paragraphe  en  f rancais.)  *»  ^^'^'''  '•^^i'^^^"'^  '5^«^^«'  «'^«^ '^^^e  by 

ballot  for  two  persons,  of  ichom  one, 
at  least,  sJudl  not  he  an  inliabUant 
of  the  same  State  with  themselves. 
And  they  sJiaU,  make  a  list  of  all  the 
persons  voted  for,  and  of  the  number 
of  votes  for  each;  ichich  list  they 
shall  sign  and  certify,  and  transmit, 
t  settled,  to  the  seat  of  t?ie  Government 

of  the  United  States,  directed  to  tlie 
president  of  tlie  Senate.  The  jjvesi- 
dent  of  the  Senate  slrnU,  in  the  pres- 
ence of  Vie  Senate  and  House  of 
Representatives,  open  all  the  certifi- 
cates, and  the  votes  sJiuU  then  be 
counted.  The  person  having  the 
greatest  number  of  votes  shall  he  the 
President,  if  such  nnmbei'  be  a  ma- 
jority of  the  ichoie  number  of  Elec- 
tors appointed  ;  and  if  there  he  more 
than  one,  who  have  such  majority, 
and  have  an  equal  number  of  votes, 
then  the  House  of  Representatives 
shall  immediately  choose,  by  ballot, 
one  of  tliem  for  President ;  and  if 
no  person  liave  a  majority,  then, 
from  the  flee  highest  on  the  list,  the 
said  House  shall,  in  like  manner, 
choose  tlie  President.  But  in  clioos- 
ing  the  President,  the  votes  shall  he 
taken  by  States,  tlie  representation 
from  each  State  Imving  one  vote  ;  a 
quorum  for  this  purpose  shall  consist 
of  a  member  or  members  from  two- 
thirds  of  the  States,  and  a  majority 
of  all  the  States  shall  be  necessary  to  a 
choice.  In  every  case,  after  the  choice 
of  tlie  President,  the  person  having 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE   UNITED   STATES.  51 

GERMAN.  NOTES. 

die  Gesammtanzalil  der  Seiiatoren  nnd  Abgeord-  terconrse,  or  navigation,  are  in- 
neten,  zu  welclieii  der  Staat  dnrch  Congressbe-  ''^"^^^  '"^  "'^  ^^""^''^^  '^^^  °^'  ^°"'- 
sehluss  bereclitio-t  ist :  aber  keiii  Senator,  Abcre-      fp,  *  i  v-  i       ■  j.   .     ,-, 

^  '  '  fc  ihe    laws    whicli    exist    in    tlie 

ordneter,  iiocli  irgend  eine  Person,  vvelche  ein  states,  providing  for  the  inspec- 
Amt  iinter  den  Vereinigten  Staaten  bekleidet,  tion  of  flour,  meat,  etc.,  the  laws 
soil  zuni  Wahhnann  ernannt  werden  konnen.  "^  ^^'^  ^*^*^^  ^°''  r^g^i^ting  their 

internal  commerce,  and  those  witli 
ClaXLSel   3.    (Man    hat  es  nicht  notig  gefunden,    respect  to  turnpike  roads,  ferries, 

diese  Clause]  ins  Deutsche  zu  iibertragen.)  etc.,  are  valid  and  are  not  within 

the   power    given    to   Congress  to 
regulate  commerce. 

The  Indian  tribes  within  a  State, 
or  in  the  national  territories,  are 
regarded  as  domestic  nations,  ex- 
ercising the  powers  of  govern- 
ment, but  dependent  on  the 
United  States,  and  holding  their 
territory  only  by  right  of  occu- 
pancy. 

Clause  4,  p.  40. 

By  an  act  of  Congress,  passed  in 
1790,  a  foreigner  was  required  to 
reside  two  years  in  the  United 
States  before  he  could  become  nat- 
uralized ;  in  1795,  the  period  of 
previous  residence  was  extended  to 
five  years;  in  1798,  it  was  still  far- 
ther extended  to  fourteen  years  ; 
in  1803.  it  was  reduced  to  five 
years,  where  it  remains  at  pres- 
ent. 

Any  alien,  being  a  free  white 
person,  in  order  to  become  a  citi- 
zen of  the  United  States,  must  first 
declare,  on  oath  or  affirmation,  be- 
fore some  national  or  State  court, 
at  least  two  years  before  liis  appli- 
cation for  admission  as  a  citizen, 
that  it  is  his  intention  to  become  a 
citizen  of  the  United  States,  and  to 
renounce  all  allegiance  to  the  gov- 
ernment of  which  he  is  a  subject. 
This  is  called  his  declaration  of  in- 
tention. 

Afterward,  at  the  time  of  his  ap- 


52 


CONSTITUTION   OF   THE  UNITED   STATES. 


FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 

Ceux    Old    voudraient  s'exercer   a   ecrire    en   tUrjreate.tnumherofvot.s<tfm^^ 

lyouu.     (£U'0     uiyiv^i'  ^  Electors  shall  be  the  Vice-President. 

fm7igals,  pourraient  tradinre  eux-memes  Le  trot-   ^^^^  .^  ^^^^^^  ^^^^^^  ^,^^^^.^^  ^^^^  ^^. 

sieme  paragrajplie.  more  who  have  equal  rot€s,  the  Sen- 

ate sJuiU  clioosefrom  tliem,  by  ballot, 
tJieVice-Prendeiit.]  The  foregoing 
Clause  was  repealed  iu  1804.  It  is 
quoted  here  merely  for  reference. 
Article  XII.  of  the  Amendments  re- 
places it  in  the  Constitution,  and  is 
here  inserted  instead  of  the  orig- 
inal Clause. 

AMEKBKM.NT,  Aht.ci,.  XII.-Les  Electe.u.  se  ,,^-— l.auT:^ i.f  "e" 
reuniront  dans  lenrs  Etats  respectits,  et  voteront  j.ggpecti^e  St^^teg^  and  vote  by  hallot 
an    SCrutin    secret    pour    le    President   et  le  Vice-    f^^  President  and  Vice-President, 

President   dont  Tun,  au  nioins,  ne  devra  pas  etre  one  of  whom,  at  least,  shall  not 

.,.,'■,  T  A  I'^x.   i.   ^.,„    o^o  1^lof-i-onl■i:  •    be  an  inhabitant  of  the  same  State 

rlom  p  le  dans  le   meme  Etat  que  ses  iiilecteui &  , 

UOmioiiic  uctus  IV.    iii^ix^y^  ^         v^  with  themselves ;  they  shall  name 

lis  noninieront  dans  leurs  bulletins  la  personne  a  .^^  ^^^^.^  ^^^^^^^  ^^^^  ^^^^^^^  ^.^^^^ 

laquelle  ils  donnent  leurs  voix  conime  President,  f^^.  ^s  President,  and  in  distinct 

et  dans  des  bulletins  separes  la   personne  pour  ballots  the  person  voted  for  as  Vice- 

^^       ^^  ^      i.  ^   ^\T\^^T>^^^<i\t^t^^^^  •   pf  lis    President;    and   they   shall   make 

I'lniipllp  lis  votent  comme   Vice-i  resiaent ,  ei  iib  '        „    ,,  ^  , 

Jaqueiie    nh  vuienu  ^wmi    ^  distinct   lists  of  all  persons   voted 

feront  des  listes  distinctes  de  toutes  Jes  personnes  ^^^  ^^  President,  and  of  all  persons 

qui  auront   re9U   des   voix   pour  la   Presidence,  et    voted  for  as  Vice-President,  and  of 

de  toutes  les  personnes  qui  auront  re9U  des  voix  the  number  of  votes  for  each,  which 

T     TT-       T5    '    'A  ^(- ^„  twm.tKvo  rlo  vniv  nh-    lists  they  shall  sign  and    certify, 

Tiour  la  Yice-Presidence,  et  aunombie  ae^Ol\  OD-  ^  ,  ^  x    .,        „*  ' « 

puui  J  a       iov>  -1-  '  ^  J  4.    and  transmit  sealed  to  the  seat  of 

tenuesparchacuned'elles.  Les  Electeurs  devront  ^^^^  Government  of  the  United 
si*'-ner  et  certifier  ces  listes,  et  les  transmettre  states,  directed  to  the  president  of 
cadietees  et  scellees  au  siege  du  gouvernenient  the  Senate  ;-the  president  of  the 

-  -r-    .      <   11     1  '^,vi^„f /I,-,  tJoTiof  •    Senate  shall,  in  the  presence  of  the 

des  Etats-Unis,  a  Tadresse  au  president  du  Senat ,  ^^^^^^  ..^'nouse  of  Representa- 
— le  president  du  Senat  devra,  en  presence  du  ^.^^^^  ^^^^  ^^^  ^^^^  certificates,  and 
Senat  et  de  la  Chanibre  des  Representants,  ouvrir  ^^^.a  votes  shall  then  be  counted  ;— 
tons  les  certificats,  et  les  votes  devront  alors  etre  the  person  having  the  greatest num- 

1  j-j    i-    .„,'    o.,,.r.    rvKtcT.n    1p    -nliKs    ber   (/I    votes  for  President,    shall 

fotimtes  • — le  candidat,  qui  aura  obtenu  le  puis   "^  „       ,  , 

COinpLes-  ,      i^  t-a.  Li         ,    i  -r,    -   •  1      .  1      be  the  President,  if  such  number 

grand  Honibre  de  voix  pour  President,  sera  Je  ^^  ^  ^^^j^rity  of  the  whole  number 
President,  si  ce  nombre  represente  la  majorite  du  ^^  Electors  appointed;  and  if  no 
nombre  total  des  Electeurs  designes ;  et  si  per-  person  have  such  majority,  then 
Sonne  n'a  obtenu  la  dite  majorite,  alors,  parmi  les  from  the  persons  having  the  high- 

,        ,  J  1  1       est  numbers   not  exceeding  three 

personnes  ayant  obtenu  le  plus  grand  nombre  de  ^^  .^^  ^.^^  ^^  ^^^^^^  ^^^^^  ^^^  ^^ 

voix,  trois  au  plus,    SUr  la  liste  de  celles   pour  les-    president,  the  House  of  Represen- 

(uielles  il  aura  ete  vote   pour  la  Presidence,  la  tatives  shall  choose  immediately. 


I 


CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 


53 


GERMAN. 


Diejenigen,  welche  U  hu7ig  i?ii  Deutschen  Aahen 
loollen,  mogen  Clausel  3  selhst  ubertragen. 


ZusATZ,  Artikel  XII. — Diese  Electoren  soUen 
sicli  in  iliren  betreffenden  Staaten  versainnieln 
nnd  diirch  geheime  Abstimiiinng  den  Prasiden- 
ten  nnd  Vice-Prasidenten  erwahlen  nnd  soil  \ve- 
nigstens  einer  von  diesen  kein  Einwoliner  des 
walilenden  Staates  sein  ;  sie  sollen  anf  den  Walil- 
zetteln  den  Prasidenten  besonders  und  anf  ande- 
rcn  Zetteln  den  Yice-Prasidenten  nennen  ;  sie 
sollen  ferner  besondere  Listen  anfstellen  iiber  alle 
respective  znm  Prasidenten  und  Vice-Prasidenten 
crwalilte  Personen,  ebenfalls  iiber  die  Anzalil 
der  Stimnien  fiir  Jeden  ;  diese  Listen  sollen  sie 
unterzeichnen  und  beo:laubio:en  und  dieselben 
versiegelt  an  den  Sitz  der  Pegierung  der  Ver- 
einigten  Staaten,  adressiert  an  den  Prasidenten 
des  Senates  absenden  ;  der  Prasident  des  Senates 
soil  in  Anwesenlieit  des  Senates  und  des  Abge- 
ordnetenhanses  alle  diese  Listen  offnen,  die  An- 
zalil der  abgegebenen  Stiminen  soil  gezalilt 
werden  und  derjenige,  auf  welchen  die  meisten 
Stinnnen  fiir  Prasident  gefallen  sind,  soil  Presi- 
dent werden,  vorausgesetzt,  das  die  Zabl  der  Stim- 
nien die  Melirzalil  aller  Stimrnen  der  ernann- 
ten  Waliler  bildet ;  und  wenn  Nieraand  solclie 
Majoritat  hat,  so  soil  das  Abgeordnetenhaus  so- 
fort  durch  geheime  Abstimmung  den  Prasiden- 
ten nnter  denjenigen  erwahlen,  welche  die  hoch- 
ste  Anzahl  von  Stimrnen  haben  ;  doch  soil  sicli 


NOTES. 

plication,  he  must  swear  to  support 
the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States,  and  to  renounce  all  allegi- 
ance and  fidelity  to  every  foreign 
prince  or  state.  It  is  also  neces- 
sary that  he  shall  have  resided  in 
the  United  States  five  years  at  least, 
prior  to  his  application,  and  in  the 
State  or  Territory  where  he  then 
resides,  at  least  one  year,  and  that 
during  that  time  he  has  behaved 
as  a  man  of  good  moral  character, 
attached  to  the  principles  of  the 
Constitution  of  the  United  States, 
and  well  disposed  to  the  good  or- 
der and  happiness  of  the  same. 
The  applicant  must  bring  forwaid 
witnesses  who  are  citizens  of  the 
United  States. 

Children  of  persons  duly  natu- 
ralized, who  are  under  twenty-one 
years  of  age  at  the  time  of  their 
parents  being  naturalized,  are,  \1 
dwelling  in  the  United  States,  con- 
sidered as  citizens  of  the  United 
States.  Persons  born  out  of  the 
limits  and  jurisdiction  of  the 
United  States,  whose  fathers  were 
citizens  at  the  time  of  their  birth, 
are,  by  an  act  of  Congress,  de- 
clared to  be  citizens  of  the  United 
States  ;  but  the  right  of  citizenship 
thus  acquired,  cannot  descend  to 
persons  whose  fathers  never  re- 
sided in  the  United  States.  Any 
woman  who  might  lawfully  be  nat- 
uralized under  the  existing  laws, 
who  is  married  to  a  citizen,  shall 
be  deemed  and  taken  to  be  a  citi- 
zen. If  an  alien  dies  after  his  dec- 
laration of  intention,  but  before  he 
is  actually  naturalized,  his  widow 
and  children  shall  be  considered 
citizens  of  the  United  States,  and 
shall  be  entitled  to  all  the  privi- 
leges as  such,  upon  taking  the 
oath  prescribed  by  law. 


64  CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 

FRENCH.                   .  ENGLISH. 

Cliambre  des  Representants  choisira  aussitot,  au  ty  ballot,  the  President.    But  in 

sci-ntin  secret,  le  President.     Mais,  en  clioisissant  ^^'°°^"^s  "^"  President,  the  votes 

-  shall  be  taken  by  States,  the  repre- 

le  President,  les  votes  scront  pnspar  Ltats,  la  re-  se„tation  from  each-  state  having 

presentation  de  chaque  Etat  n'ajant  qu'une  senle  one  vote  -,  a  quorum  for  this  pur- 

voix ;    il  suffira,   pour   cet  objet,  de  la  presence  P^^e  shall  consist  of  a  member  or 

T,                     ,      .                        ^             1          1            .•           J  members   from   two-thirds   of   the 

d  un  on  plusieurs  membres  des  denx  tiers  des  „^  ^          ,           •     *      *    i,  .i 

^                  r^                                                    ^                          ^  states,   and  a  majority  of  all  the 

EtatS,  et  la  majorite  de  tons  les   Etats  sera  neces-  states  shall  be  necessary  to  a  choice. 

saii-e  pour  qu'il  y  ait  election.     Et  si  la  Cliambre  And  if  the  House  of  Representa- 

des  Representants  ne  choisit  pas  de  President,  ^^^"^  shall  not  choose  a  President 

,    ,        1      .,      11           1     •   •              1    •                 1  '      1  whenever  the  rieht  of  choice  shall 

quand  le  droit  d  en  clioisir  un  Jui  sera  devoJu,  ,      ,                *u        x,  t       *\ 

1                                          _                         _                             ^           '  devolve    upon    them,    before    the 

avant  le  quatrienie  jour  du  mois  de  mars  suivant,  fourth  day  of  March  next  follow- 

alors  le  Vice-President  exercera  les  f onctions  de  ing,  then  the  Vice-President  shall 

Pivsident,  comme  dans  le  cas  de  deces  ou  d'autre  ^^^  '"^^  President,  as  in  the  case  of 

.,                .•,.•            11        J        r>''ii.        T  the    death   or  other   constitutional 

mcapacite    constitutionnelle    du    President.     Le  ^.^^^.^.^^  ^^  ^^^^  p^^^.^^^^^     ^^^^ 

candidat,  qui  aura  obtenu  le  plus  grand  nombre  person  having  the  greatest  number 

de  voix  pour   la  Vice-Presidence,  sera  le  Vice-  of  votes  as  Vice-President,  shall  be 

President,  si  ce  nombre  represente  la  majorite  du  t^^e  Vice-President,  if  such  number 

1           i    i.   1     J         -f^^      L             J  '    •        '                 •      „:  be  a  maiority  of  the  whole  number 

nombre   total    des  Electeurs  designes ;    mais  si  „„,    /           •  .  ^       ^ ., 

°  of  Electors  appointed;  and  lino  per- 

personne  n'a  obtenu  la  majorite,  alors,  parmi  les  g^^  ^^^^^  ^  majority,  then  from  the 
deux  candidats  ajant  le  plus  grand  nombre  de  two  highest  numbers  on  the  list, 
voix  sur  la  liste,  le  Senat  choisira  le  Vice-Presi-  t^e  Senate  shall  choose  the  Vice- 
dent  ;  il  suffira,  pour  cet  objet,  de  la  presence  des  P'-««>dent  ^  a  quorum  for  the  pur^ 
'  '  ^  •"  '■  pose  shall  consist  of  two-thirds  ot 
deux  tiers  du  nouibre  total  des  Senatem-s,  et  la  the  whole  number  of  Senators,  and 
majorite  du  nombre  total  sera  necessaire  pour  a  majority  of  the  whole  number 
qu'il  y  ait  election.     Mais  nulle  personne  consti-  shall  be  necessary  to  a  choice.  But 

.     ..     "      11             .L  •     'T    -t  1               £        i.'           1     T5    '  •  no  person  constitutionally  ineligi- 

tutionnellement  ineligible  aux  ronctions  de  Presi-  , ,    ,   ,,      ^       „„     ./       ,   ,, 

"   ,                         .  ble  to  the  office  ot  President  shall 

dentine  sera  eligible  a  celles  de  Vice-President  be  eligible  to  that  of  Vice-President 

des  Etats- Unis.  of  the  United  states. 

Paragraphe   4.   Le    Congres    pourra    fixer    Te-  Clause  4.  The  Congress  may  de- 

poque  de  la  nomination  des  Electeurs,  et  le  jour  ^^^'^''"'  *^«  ^'"^^  «*  choosing  the 

,     .,      ,                                         .            ,             A         1          ^  Electors,    and   the    day   on   which 

OU  lis  devront  voter  ;  ce  jour  devra  etre  le  meme  ^^^^^  ^j^^^i  ^.^^  t,^^.^  ^^,^^ .  ^^.^^^ 

dans  toute  I'etendue  des  Etats- Unis.  day  shall  be  the  same  throughout 

the  United  States. 

Paragraphe  5.  Nnl,  a  moins  d'etre  citoven  de  C'fewse  5.   No  person  except  a 

naissance,  ou  d'etre  citoven  des  Etats- Unis  a  Ve-  n^tural-bom  citizen,  or  a  citizen  of 

J     „     T       .         ,     7           ,             ^         .       .  t'le  United  btates  at  the  time  of  the 

pofjue  de  I  adoption  de  la  jpresente  Constitxdion,  ^^^^^^  ^^  ,;, -^  ComtUution,  shall 

ne  sera  eligible  aux  fonctions  de  President ;  et  be  eligible  to  the  office  of  Presi- 


CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES.  55 

GERMAN.  NOTES. 

die  Auswahl  auf  drei  Namen  beschranken  imd  Clause  5,  p.  42. 

sollen  bei  dieser  Wahl  die  Stimmen  iiach  Staa-  I*  is  lawful  for  any  person  to 

.           ,             ,                    1              jj-TTi-i.            •!  take  uncoined  gold  or  silver  to  the 

ten  abo-eo-eben  werden  und  die  Vertretuner  iedes  .  ^  .        ^    ^    ,         .      •    j 

=*   '^                                                                                '11  ™"^*'  ^^  order   to  have  it  coined, 

Staates  eiiie  Stimme  haben ;  das  W  alilcoiiiite  soil  ^^^^  ^f  charge,  if  not  of  less  value 

aus  einem  oder  inehreren  Mitgliederii  von  zwei  than  one  hundred  dollars. 

Dritteln  der  Staaten  bestehen  und  eine  Majoritat  Clause  8  p  42 

aller  Staaten  soil  fiir  eine  Wahl  erforderlich  sein.  ^^  ^^^^^^  may'have  ihe  exclu- 

Falls    das   Abgeordnetenhaus   vor    dem    vierten  give  right  to  publish  his  book  for 

Marz  des  folgenden  Jahres  nicht  einen   Prasi-  twenty-eight  years.    This  privilege 

denten    erwahlen    sollte,    wenn   das    Eecht    der  is  called  a  copyright,  and  is  renew- 

Wahl  ilim  znstelit,  so  soil  der  Vice-Prasident  als  .             ^  ^^"  jeais. 

'  A  person  may  have  the  exclu- 

Priisident  handeln,   ebenso  wie     im     Falle    des  give  right  to  manufacture  and  sell 

Todes   oder   danernder    Unfaliigkeit   des  Prasi-  any  machine  of  which  he  is  the 

deuteil.      Derjenige,    welcher    die    hochste    Stim-  inventor,  for  seventeen  years.   This 

1  ,     p..       -V7-.       -r.  ••    •  1       ^         1  -li          n     -IT-  privilege  is  called  a  patent   right, 

menzalil   rur    Vice-rrasident    erlialt,    soli    Vice-  ,.  "         ,,  ,      \   c .-. 

'       ^  and  IS  renewable  by  act  of  Congress 

President  sein,  falls  diese  Stimmen  die  Mehr-  q^i^^ 

zahl   der  ernannten  Waliler  bilden  ;   nnd  wenn  C'toise  10,  p.  42. 

Niemand  die  Majoritat  besitzt,  soil  der  Senat  ans  The  punishment  for  piracy  or 

den   zwei   hoclisten   Namen  auf   der  Liste   den  felony  committed  on  the  high  seas 

Vice-Prasidenten  erwalilen  ;  das  Wahlcomite  zu  is  death.    An  action  is  done  on  the 

T              rj         1         n                     •  -r\   -L^  1       ^  "high  seas,"  when   done  beyond 

diesem  Zweck  soli  aus  zwei  Dritteln  der  £:anzen  ,          .          , 

^           _  low  water  mark. 

Anzalil  der  Senatoren  bestehen  und  eine  Majori- 
tat der  ganzen  Zahl  soil  fiir  eine  Wahl  erforder-  ' 

!•  1        -^        Ai        AT*             A    A              c  I^y  letters  of  "marque  and  re- 

licli  sein.    Aber  JNieniand,  der  verrassuno;so;emass  .   ,„                       ^       .   . 

"  "  prisal  '    are     meant    commissions 

zum  Amte  des  Prasidenten  unfahig  ist,  soil  zum  granted  by  the  government  to  a 

Yice-Prasidenten    der   Yereinigten   Staaten    er-  private   individual  to  seize   and 

nannt  werden  konnen.  take    the    property   of    a    foreign 

state,  or  of  its  citizens  or  subjects, 

as  a  reparation  for  an  injury  com- 

Clausel  4.    Der  Congress  kann  die  Zeit   der  mitted  by  such  state  or  its  sub- 

Wahl  bestiraraen,  anch  den  Tas,  an  welchem  die  ^^""^^  «''  ^^"^^"''  ^^'^  ^'^"''^^  "  ^'^^ 

c^,.                   1            1                    T         ^    n               IT  refused  satisfaction. 

Stimmen   aogeojeben   werden    sollen  und  dieser  „      •    i  _      „  „  +oi-,-.,„  ^„  ^, 
"  ^  Reprisal  means  a  taking  m  re- 
Tag   soil    derselbe   in    den   ganzen   Vereinigten  turn;  marque  means  the  passing 
Staaten  sein.  of  the  boundaries  of  a  country  for 

the  purpose  of  such  taking. 
Clausel  5.  Niemand,  ausgenommen  ein  eino;e- 

,                  T>.-               ^                 %■■            ^       -rr      •    '  Clause  13,  V.  42. 
Dorener  Jiurger,  ocler  wer  Jiurger  der   Vereimq- 

c,      .                   rr  ',     J         A          T           T           /-,  In  consequence  of  repeated  hos- 

ten  Staaten  zur  Zeit  der  AnnaJime  dieser  Con-  tji-^i,,  ,,p,„  ^^^  commerce  in  the 

Stitution   war^    kann   zum   Amt    des    Prasidenten  Mediterranean   Sea,    by   the    Bar 


56  CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 

FKENCH.  ENGLISH. 

nul  ne  sera  eligible  a  ces  fonctions,  s'il  n'a  atteint  dent ;  neither  siiail  any  person  be 

i,»  1,         ,•  t.       '   •  rt  '  i.  elieible  to  tliat  office  who  shall  not 

I'aere  de  trente-cinq  ans,  et  reside  quatorze  aiis  ,   ^         .     .  .   .,  ^  .^.  . 

°    ^  ___    _  -^  ^  have  attained  to  the  age  or  thirty- 

anx  jl<tatS-UlllS.  g^g  years,  and  been  fourteen  years 

resident  within  the  United  States. 
2'he  italicized  part  is  obsolete. 
Paragraphe  6.  En  eas  de  deposition  du  Presi-       C'iawse  6.  In  case  of  the  removal 

,       ,  ,  ,-,,..  .  •,  »     1      of  the  President  from  office,  or  of 

dent,   on   de   mort,  demission,  ou  incapacite  de  ,  .    ,    ^_        .      ^.  .  '....^ 

'  '  _  '  ^  .  Ins  death,  resignation,  or  inability 

remplir  les  charges  et  devoirs  de  ses  fonctions,  ^^  discharge  the  powers  and  duties 

celles-ci  seront  devolues  au  Vice-President,  et  le  of  the  said  office,  the  same  shall 

Congres  ponrra,  par  une  loi,  pourvoir  au  cas  de  devolve  on  the  Vice-President,  and 

T,        ...  J.    J  '      •     •  •  •!. '    i.      i-  A       the  Congress  mav  by  law  provide 

deposition,  mort,  demission  ou  mcapacite,  tant  du   „     ^.,     *       ,.    "        ,  j    ., 
t^  '  '  r  7  Jqj.  ^i^g  gg^gg  qJ.  i-gmoval,  death,  re- 

President  que  du  Vice-President,  declarant  quel  signation,  or  inability,  both  of  the 

fonctionnaire  agira  alors  COmine  President,  et  tout  President  and  Vice-President,  de- 
fonctionnaire  agira  en  consequence  jusqu'a  ce  que  daring  what  officer  shall  then  act 
1..  -^  '        •.    '        -'  1  '  T3    '   •      as  President ;  and  such  officer  shall 

J  mcapacite  soit  ecartee,  ou  qiiun  nouveau  Presi-      ^         ^.    '        ^.,  ^,     ,.    ,.,.^ 

^  _  '  ^  act  accordingly  until  the  disability 

(ient  SOlt  Gin.  1,^  removed,  or  a  President  shall  be 

elected. 

Paragraphe  7.    Le  President  recevra,  a   des      Clause  7.  The  President  shall, 

,  1 'i.  •     '  '  '      i-         at  stated  times,  receive  for  his  ser- 

epoques  determinees,  une  remuneration  pour  ses     .  '     .         ,  .  ,     ,  „ 

^      ^  '^       ,         ,    vices  a  compensation    which  shall 

services,  laquelle  ne  devra  etre  ni  augmentee  ni  ^^.^^^^^  ^^  increased  nor  dimin- 

diminuee  pendant  la  periode  pour  laquelle  il  aura  ished  during  the  period  for  which 

etc  elu ;  et  il  ne  recevra  durant  cette  periode  an-  he  shall  have  been  elected,  and 

cun  autre  traitement  ni  des  Etats-Unis,  ni  d'aucun 

Etat. 


he  shall  not  receive  within  that 
period  any  other  emolument  from 
the  United  States,  or  any  of  them. 

Paragraphe  8.  Avant  d'entrer  en  fonctions,  le      Clause  8.  Before  he  enter  on  the 
President  pretera  serment  ou  f era  I'affirmation  sui-  ^^^^^tion  of  his  office,  he  shall  take 

_     .  /  fr«  \       1  11  the  following  oath  or  affirmation :  — 

A'ante  :--"  Je  jure  (ou  affirme)  solennellement  que  .,  j  ^^  ^^,^^,^^y  ^^^^^  ^^^  ^^^^^ 

ije  rem^lirai  fidelement  les  fonctions  de  President  that  I  will  faithfully  execute  the 

•  des  Etats-Unis,  et  que  je  conserverai,  protegerai  office  of  President  of  the  United 

.et  defendrai,  de  mon  mieux,  la  Constitution  des  ^^•'^*^^'  ""''^  ^'"'  t<^  ^^'^  ^^'*  «^  "^^ 

-c<f   f     TT    '    "  ability,  preserve,  protect,  and  de- 

fend the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States. " 

Section  II. — Paragraphe  1.  Le  President  sera  section  \\.— Clause  1.  The  Pre- 

'commandant  en  chef  de  I'armee  et  de  la  marine  sident  shall  be  commander-in-chief 

des  Etats-Unis,  et   de   la   milice   des  divers  Etats,  of  the  army  and  navy  of  the  United 

J        ,,        .                                                     ,               .  states,   and   of  the  militia  of  the 

quand  celle-ci  sera  appelee  au  service  actif  des  several  states,  when  called  into  the 
Etats-Unis;  il  ponrra  exiger  I'opinion,  par  ecrit,  actual  service  of  the  United  states; 
du  principal  fonctionnaire  de  chacun  des  departe-  l^e  may  require  the  opinion,  in 


CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 


57 


GEKMAN. 

erwalilt  werden ;  audi  soil  Niemand  walilbar 
seiii,  der  niclit  das  Alter  von  fiiiifnnddreissig 
Jaliren  erreiclit  hat  uiid  vierzehn  Jahre  Eiii- 
wohner  der  Vereinigten  Staateu  gewesen  ist. 

Clausel  6.  Iiu  Falle  einer  Amtsentsetzung  des 
Pi'asidenten,  oder  im  Falle  seines  Todes,  seiner 
Resignation  oder  Unfahigkeit,  die  Pflichten  sei- 
nes Aintes  zu  erfiillen,  soil  der  Vice-Prasident 
dasselbe  iibernehmen  nnd  der  Congress  kann 
durch  Gesetze  iin  Falle  von  Entsetznng,  Tod, 
Resignation  oder  Unfahigkeit  sowohl  des  Prasi- 
deiiten  wie  des  Vice-Prasidenten  bestimmen, 
welcher  Beamte  als  President  handeln  soil,  der 
das  Anit  zu  bekleiden  hat,  bis  die  Unfahigkeit 
gehoben  oder  ein  neuer  Prasident  erwahlt  wor- 
den  ist. 

Clausel  7.  Der  Prasident  soil  zu  bestimmter 
Zeit  f  iir  seine  Dienste  eine  Entschadigung  erhal- 
ten,  welche  wahrend  seiner  Amtsdauer  weder 
crhoht  nocli  vermindert  werden  soil,  audi  soil  er 
wahrend  dieser  Zeit  keine  anderen  Einkiinf  te  von 
den  Yereinigten  Staaten  oder  einem  einzelnen 
Staate  beziehen  diirfen. 

Clausel  8.  Ehe  er  sein  Amt  antritt,  soil  er 
den  folgenden  Eid  leisten  : — "  leh  schwore  (oder 
versidiere)  hiermit  feierlidist,  dass  ich  das  Amt 
des  Prasideiiten  der  Vereinigten  Staaten  treu 
verwalteii  und  nach  meinen  besten  Kraften  die 
Verfassung  der  Vereinigten  Staaten  ei-halten,  be- 
sdiiitzen  und  verteidigen  will." 

Section  II. — Clausel  1.  Der  Prasident  ist 
01)erl)efehlshaber  der  Armee  nnd  der  Marine 
der  Vereinigten  Staaten,  so  wie  der  Miliz  der 
einzelnen  Staaten,  wenn  solche  zu  activem  Dien- 
ste der  Vereinigten  Staaten  einberufen  ist ;  er 
kann  von  den  obersten  Beaniten  jeder  Regier- 


NOTES. 
bary  powers,  commencing  in  1784, 
the  House  of  Representatives,  in 
1794,  resolved  "  that  a  naval  force, 
adequate  to  the  protection  of  the 
commerce  of  the  United  States 
against  the  Algerine  corsairs,  ouglit 
to  be  provided."  This  was  the 
origin  of  our  navy.  In  1797,  three 
frigates,  built  in  pursuance  of  the 
above  resolution,  were  completed, 
and  were  named  the  Constitution, 
the  United  States,  and  the  Con- 
stellation. They  were  the  first 
three  vessels  commissioned  for  our 
service  and  constituted  the  whole 
of  our  naval  force. 

Clause  17,  p.  44. 

The  object  of  this  clause  was  to 
provide  a  permanent  and  secure 
location  for  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment, which  should  not  be  within 
the  bounds  of  a  particular  State, 
the  inhabitants  of  which  might  in- 
sult or  terrify  Congress  or  inter- 
rupt its  proceedings. 

In  the  year  1800,  the  seat  of  the 
national  government  was  removed 
to  the  city  of  Washington,  in  the 
District  of  Columbia,  a  tract  ten 
miles  square,  which  had  been 
ceded  to  the  United  States  by  the 
States  of  Maryland  and  Virginia. 
The  portion  derived  from  Virginia 
was  ceded  back  to  that  State  in 
1846,  and  the  District  is  now  con- 
fined to  the  Maryland  side  of  the 
Potomac  River. 

The  seat  of  government  had  been 
established  at  Philadelphia,  Pa., 
commencing  September  5,  1774, 
and  May  10.  1775;  at  Baltimore, 
December  20,  1776;  at  Philadel- 
phia, March  4,  1777  ;  at  Lancaster, 
Pa.,  September  27,  1777  ;  at  York, 
Pa.,  September  30,  1777  ;  at  Phila- 
delphia, July  2,   1778  ;  at  Prince- 


58  CONSTITUTION   OF   THE    UNITED   STATES. 

FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 

ments  exucntifs,  snr  tout  snjet  relatif  aux  devoirs  writing,  of  the  principal  officer  in 

11  i-         (-•  ^  „    „!.•      „.    „4.  :i  „„   „    1^   ,.^„      each  of  tlie  executive  departments, 

tie  Jeurs  ronctioiis  respectives ;  et  n  aura  Je  pou-  , .  ,    ^  ' 

^         ,  ^  -^  upon  any  subject   relating   to  the 

voir   d'accorder   des   sni-sis   et   des   graces   ponr  ^^^.^^  ^^  ti^^i^  respective  offices ; 
offenses  erivers  les  Etats-Unis,  exeepte  dans  les  and  he  shall  have  power  to  grant 

Cas  de  niise  en  accusation.  reprieves  and  pardons  for  offences 

against   tlie    United  States,  except 
in  cases  of  impeachment. 


Paragra'pTie  2.  II  pourra,  par  et  avec  I'avis  et      Clame  2.  He  shall  have  power, 

le  consentement  du   Senat,  conclure   des  traites,  byand  with  the  advice  and  consent 

,  , .  1         o  '      ,  '        i  of  the   Senate,   to   make   treaties, 

pourvu   que   deux  tiers   des   Senateurs   presents  provided  two-thirds  of  the  Senators 

soient  d'accord  ;  et  il  designera,  et  par  et  avec  I'avis  present  concur ;  and  he  shall  nomi- 

et  le  consentement  du  Senat,  noininera  les  am-  nate,  and  by  and  with  the  advice 

bassadeurs,  les  autres  ministres  publics  et  les  con-  a°<i  consent  of  the  Senate  shall 

,       ,         .  11/^  CI         A  i.   J.  1  appoint  ambassadors,  other  public 

suls,  les  luojes  de  la  Cour  Supreme,  et  tous  les      .  _  ,  ,    •  .     ^., 

'  J    =>  _  <=,  .      ,  .  ministers  and  consuls,  judges  of  the 

autres  fonctionnaires  des  Etats-Unis,  a  la  nomina-  supreme  Court,  and  all  other  of- 

tion  desquels  il  n'est  pas  autrement  pourvu  par  fleers  of  the  United  states  whose 

les  presentes,  et  dont  la  nomination  sera  etablie  appointments  are  not  herein  other- 

1    .  •     I     /^  '  1    •  wise  provided  for,  and  which  shall 

par  une  loi  ;  mais  le  Congres  pourra,  par  une  loi,  ^^  ^f^^^j.^j^,^  by  law,   but  the 

mvestir  a  son  gre  du  droit  de  nommer  certains  congress  may  by  law  vest  the  ap- 

fonctionnaires  subalternes,  soit  le  President  seul,  pointment  of  such  inferior  officers, 

soit  les  cours  de  justice,  soit  les  chefs  de  departe-  ^s  they  think  proper,  in  the  Presi- 

,  dent  alone,  in  the  courts  of  law,  or 

in  the  heads  of  departments. 
Paragraphe  3.  Le  President  aura  le  ponvoir      Clause  3.   The  President  shall 

de  remplir  tonte  vacance  qui  viendrait  a  se  pro-  liave  power  to  fill  up  all  vacancies 

duire  en  I'absence  du  Senat,  en  accordant  des  that  may  happen  during  the  recess 

,   ,      ^       ,      -  .  of  the  Senate  by  granting  commis-  . 

commissions  qui  expireront  a  la  fin  de  la  session  ^.^^^  ^^.^^^  ^^^,^11  ^^^.^^  l^^^^^  ^^^ 

Suivante  du  Senat.  of  their  next  session. 

Section    III.  — Le   President    devra    rendre      Section  III. —He  shall  from 

compte  de  temps  en  temps  au  Congres  de  la  sitna-  time  to  time  give  to  the  Congress 

tion  de  rUnion,  et  sonmettre  a  son  examen  toute  i"for"^^tion  of  the   state   of  the 

.,    .  .  ,  .  Union,    and   recommend    to   their 

mesure  qu  i    nisrerait  necessaire  et  avantasreuse :  j     *•  i  i 

^  J    &"-  '•  "    '^  ^^^^^""-  ^   ^^  «T  tn.ui«w,«.^"'='^  ,  consideration  such  measures  as  he 

il   pouria,    en    cas   d'urgence,   COnvoquer   les  deux  shall  judge  necessary  and  expedi- 

Chambres,  on  Tune  d'elles,  et  en  cas  de  desaCCOrd  ent;  he  may,  on  extraordinary  oc- 

entre  elles  sur  I'cpoque  de  leur  aioui-nement,  il  '''''"'''"''  convene  both  houses,  or 

,  .  <        11       1  \^^  '  either  of  them,  and  in  case  of  dis- 

pourra  les  ajourner  a  telle  date  qu'il  croira  con-  ag,,,^,„t  between  them  with  re- 

venable  ;  il  recevra  les  ambassadeui-s  et  les  autres  spect  to  the  time  of  adjournment, 

ministres  publics ;  il  veillera  a  la  fidele  execution  te  may  adjourn  them  to  such  time 


CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 


69 


GERMAN. 

ungsabteilung  deren  schriftliclie  Meinungsiins- 
serung  in  Beziig  auf  irgend  eine  in  ihr  liessort 
fallende  Angelegenlieit  einholen  und  er  soil  die 
Maclit  liaben,  Strafanfsclinb  niid  Begnadigungeii 
fiir  Yergehen  gegen  die  Vereinigten  Staaten  zu 
gewahren,  ausgenommen  im  Falle  von  "  Impeach- 
ment." 

Clausel  2.  Er  soil  die  Maclit  liaben,  auf  den 
Rat  und  init  der  Zustimmung  des  Senates,  Yer- 
trage  abzuschl lessen,  vorausgesetzt,  dass  zwei 
Drittel  der  anwesenden  Senatoren  einverstanden 
sind  ;  und  er  soil,  auf  den  Eat  und  mit  der  Zu- 
stimmung des  Senates,  Gesandte  und  Consuln, 
Ricliter  des  obersten  Gericlitshofes  ernennen 
konnen,  ebenfalls  alle  anderen  Beamten  der  Yer- 
einigten  Staaten,  deren  Ernennung  liier  niclit  be- 
sonders  vorgesehen  ist  und  welclie  durch  Gesetz 
bestimmt  werden  wird  ;  aber  der  Congress  kann 
die  Ernennung  soldier  unteren  Beamten,  wenn  an- 
gemessen,  dem  Prasidenten  allein,  den  Gericlits- 
liofen  oder  den  Departementscliefs  iiberlassen. 

Clausel  3.  Der  President  soil  die  Maclit  lia- 
ben, alle  Liicken,  welche  walirend  der  Senats- 
ferien  eintreten,  ausznfiilleu,  docli  sollen  diese 
Yollmacliten  am  Ende  der  naclisten  Sitzung  ab- 
1  auf  en. 

SECTioisr  III. — Er  soil  von  Zeit  zu  Zeit  dem 
Congresse  einen  Bericlit  iiber  die  Yerlialtnisse 
der  Union  einreiclien  und  seiner  Beriicksiclitig- 
uiig  solclie  Massnahmen  empfelilen,  welclie  er 
fiir  notwendig  und  vorteilhaft  erachtet ;  er 
kann  unter  beso!idereii  Umstanden  beide  Hauser 
oder  eins  von  ilinen  einberufen  und  im  Falle 
einer  Meinungsverscliiedenheit  zvvisclien  ilmen 
in  Bezuo;  auf  eine  Yertao-uno;  kann  er  sie  bis  zu 
passender  Zeit  vertagen  ;  er  soil   Gesandte  und 


NOTES. 

ton,  N.  J.,  June  30,  1783  ;  at  An- 
napolis, November  26,  1783  ;  at 
Trenton,  November  1,  17^4;  at 
New  York  City,  January  11,  1785; 
at  Philadelphia,  August  13,  1790. 

The  inhabitants  of  the  District 
of  Columbia  are  not  regarded  as 
citizens  of  any  State,  and  cannot 
therefore  send  Representatives  to 
Congress  or  vote  for  President  or 
Vice-President.  They  are  liable, 
however,  to  be  taxed  by  Congress, 
because  the  power  "to  lay  and 
collect  taxes "  is  a  general  one, 
without  limitation  of  place ;  and 
their  local  affairs  are  regulated  by 
Congress.  The  jurisdiction  of  Con- 
gress over  places  purchased  by  the 
general  government,  with  the  con- 
sent of  a  State,  is  exclusive.  The 
State  cannot  punish  for  oITences 
committed  there. 

Section  IX. — Clause  1,  p.  44. 

This  clause  is  obsolete. 

Before  the  Revolution,  several 
of  the  Colonies  passed  laws  pro- 
hibiting the  importation  of  slaves  ; 
but  these  laws  were  negatived  by 
the  British  Government. 

Congress  forbade  the  fitting  out 
of  slave  vessels,  March  22,  1794. 

One  of  the  main  objects  of  this 
clause  was  to  enable  Congress  to 
put  an  end  to  the  introduction  of 
slaves  after  the  year  1808,  and  to 
restrain  their  importation  until 
then  by  a  tax  ;  but  the  clause  in- 
cludes within  its  language  the  mi- 
gration of  other  persons  as  well  as 
the  importation  of  slaves. 

On  January  1,  1808,  Congress 
imposed  heavy  penalties  upon  per- 
sons engaged  in  the  slave-trade  ; 
and  in  1820  declared  the  slave- 
trade  to  be  piracy,  punishable  with 
death.     (See  Appendix,  Table  E  ) 


00  CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED    STATES. 

FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 

des  lois,  et  nominera  tous  les  fonctionnaires  des  as  he  shall  think  proper ;  he  shall 

EtatS-Unis.  receive  ambassadors  and  other  pub- 

lic ministers ;  he  shall  take  care 
that  the  laws  be  faithfully  execut- 
ed, and  shall  commission  all  the 
officers  of  the  United  States. 

Section  I Y. — Le  President,  le  Vice-President,      Section  IV. —The   President, 

et   tons    les   fonctionnaires    civils    des  EtatS-Unis,    Vice-President,  and  all  civil  officers 

seront  deposes  s'ils  sont  accnses  et  convaincns  de  °*  "'^  ^"^^^"^  ^*'''^"'''  ^^'""^^  ^^  '"'■ 

.      ,.  J  ^.  1,      .  1  .  moved  from  office  on  impeachment 

trahison,de  corruption,  oudautres  grands  crimes  f„r,   and  conviction  of,  treason, 

oil  dellts.  bribery,  or  other  high  crimes  and 

misdemeanors. 


ARTICLE   III — Departement  judiciaire.  ARTICLE  III.— Judicial  Department. 

Section  L — Le  pouvoir  judiciaire  des  fitats-  Section  I.— The  judicial  power 
Unis  est  remis  a  une  Cour  Supreme,  et  a  toutes  ^'^  ^^''^  ^"'*^^  states  shall  be  vested 

.    r,    .  1     /-N  7  ,  "1  o"«  Supreme  Court,  and  in  such 

COUrs  inferieures  que  le  Congres  pourra  de  temps    inferior  courts  as  the  Congress  may 

a  autre  creer  et  etablir.     Les  jnges,  tant  ceux  de  from  time  to  time  ordain  and  es- 

la  Cour  Supreme  que  ceux  des  cours  inferieures,  tablish.    The  judges,  both  of  the 

resteront  en  fonctions  tant  qu'ils  se  conduiront  ^"P^^'^''  ^''^  ^"^♦'"O'-  ««"''t^'  ^^^'l 
1  •  ,  ,     ,  1  ,  .     ,  hold  their  offices  during  good   be- 

bien,  et  recevront,  a  epoques  determmees,  pour  i,^,,;,^,  and  shall,  at  stated  times, 
leurs  services,  un  traitement  qui  ne  pourra  ^tre  receive  for  their  service.'!  a  compen- 
diminue  pendant  la  duree  de  leurs  fonctions.  sation  which  shall  not  be  dimin- 

ished during  their  continuance  in 
office. 

Section  IL — Paragraphe  1.  Le  pouvoir  judi-  Section  II.— 67a wse  1.  The  jn- 
ciaires'etendraatouslescas,  deloi  on  d'cquitCjqui  ^^^^^^  P"^^*"  ^^^^^  extend  to  all 
naitront  sous  la  presente  Constitution,  les  lois  des  'T'  ^7  ^?'!  T''^\  '"f'"^ 

-g,  jr    .  -  •   f       r  under   this  Constitution,   the    laws 

Etats-UniS,  et  les  traites  faits,  OU  a  faire,  sous  of  the  United  states,  and  treaties 
leur  autorite  ; — a  tous  les  Cas  affectant  les  ambas-    made,  or  which  shall  be  made,  nn- 

sadeurs,  les  aiitresministres  publics,  et  les  consuls*  ^^^  ^^^^^  authority  ;— to  all  cases 

—a  tous  les  cas  d'amiraute  et  de  iuridiction  mari-  ''*^^*'*'"g  embassadors,  other  public 

4.,-    ,^  .  .      ^   ..  ,.,  ministers,    and    consuls ;  — to    all 

lime, — aux  contestations  auxnuelles  anront  -r^art  *    ^    •    i^         ^ 

J  ^  aiiAi^uciics  ctiiiuiu  pan  cases  of  admiralty   and   maritime 

les  EtatS-Unis ; — aux  contestations  entre  deux  jurisdiction  ;— to  controversies  to 
Etats  OU  davantage ; — entre  un  Etat  et  les  eitoyens  ^^i^h  the  United  states  shall  be  a 
d'un  autre  Stat;— entre  les  eitoyens  de  differents  "^""'^^  '~*°  controversies  between 

tPfofo  .      ^.,«.  •*.  1  ^    ''     -f=,  ,   ,  two  or   more    States; — between  a 

Etats,-entre  eitoyens  du  meme  Etat  reclamant  state  and  citizens  of  another  state ; 
des  terres  sons  des  concessions  de  differents  Etats,  —between  citizens    of   different 


CONSTITUTIOX   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 


61 


GERMAN. 

Bev'ollmaclitigte  empfangeii ;  er  soil  Sorge  tra- 
geiu  dass  die  Gesetze  treu  befolgt  werden  und 
soil  alle  Beainte  der  Vereinigten  Staaten  be- 
stallen. 

Section  IV. — Der  Priisident,  Yice-Prasident, 
so  wie  alle  Civilbeamten  der  Vereinigten  Staa- 
ten sollen,  im  Falle  einer  Anklage  nnd  Yerur- 
teilung  wegen  Verrat,  Bestechniig  oder  anderer 
seliwerer  Verbreclieu  nnd  Vergehen,  ilire  Amter 
verlieren. 

ARTIKEL   III.— Abteilung,    die    richterliche     Gewalt 
betreffend. 

Section  I. — Die  richterliche  Gewalt  der  Ver- 
einigten Staaten  soil  aus  einem  obersten  Ge- 
richtshofe  nnd  solchen  niederen  Gerichtshofen, 
welche  der  Congress  von  Zeit  zu  Zeit  einsetzen 
kann,  bestehen.  Die  Kichter  sowohl  des  ober- 
sten wie  der  niederen  Gerichtshofe  sollen  ihr 
Amt  verwalten,  so  lange  sie  dasselbe  gut  fiihren 
und  sollen  zu  bestinimten  Zeiten  fiir  ihre  Dienste 
eine  Vergiitung  erhalten,  welche  Nvahrend  ihrer 
Amtsdauer  nicht  verringert  werden  soil. 

Section  II. —  Clausel  1.  Diese  richterliche  Ge- 
walt soil  sich  erstrecken  auf  alle  Rechtsfalle, 
welciie  unter  diese  Constitution,  die  Gesetze  und 
die  Vertrage  der  Vereinigten  Staaten  fallen  ;  auf 
alle  Falle,  welche  Gesandte,  offentliche  Beamte 
und  Consuln  betreffen  ;  auf  alle  Falle  von  Adnii- 
ralitats-  nnd  Marine-Justiz ;  auf  Streitfragen,  in 
denen  die  Vereinigten  Staaten  beteiligt  sind;  auf 
Streitfragen  zwischen  zwei  oder  inehreren  Staa- 
ten ;  zwischen  eineni  Staate  nnd  Biirgern  eines 
anderen  ;  zwischen  Biirgern  verschiedener  Staa- 
ten ;  zwischen  Biirgern  desselben  Staates,  welche 
Grundeisrentuni    mit   Bewillioruns   verschiedener 


NOTES. 
Clause  3,  p.  44. 

The  words  habeas  corpus  mean 
"that  you  have  the  body." 

The  object  of  this  clause  is  to 
prevent  illegal  imprisonment. 

Any  person  who  thinks  himself 
unlawfully  confined  or  imprisoned, 
may  petition  a  judge  to  be  brought 
into  open  Court,  in  order  that  the 
cause  of  his  imprisonment  may  be 
inquired  into. 

Clause  3,  p.  46. 

A  Bill  of  Attainder  is  a  Bill 
passed  by  a  Legislature,  convict- 
ing a  person  of  crimes  and  punish- 
ing him  therefor  without  a  regular 
trial. 

The  objection  to  such  a  Bill  is 
that  it  deprives  the  citizen  of  his 
inalienable  right  of  trial  by  jury. 

Ex-post-facto  laws  are  those  made 
after  the  act  has  been  done. 

Clause  5,  p.  46. 

This  clause  prevents  Congress 
from  injuring  the  commercial  in- 
terests of  any  one  of  the  States. 

Clause  7,  p.  46. 

The  government  of  the  United 
States  cannot  be  sued  by  persons 
who  have  claims  against  it.  Their 
only  mode  of  redress  is  to  obtain 
an  act  of  Congress  appropriating 
money  from  the  Treasury  to  pay 
the  claims. 

Clause  8,  p.  46. 

The  political  equality  of  all  the 
citizens  is  a  fundamental  principle 
in  our  government. 

The  prohibition  does  not  extend 
to  citizens  who  hold  ofSces  of  profit 
or  trust  under  a  State. 

Gifts  from  foreign  princes  are 
sometimes  sent  to  the  President. 
They  are  deposited  in  the  public 
offices  or  sold  by  order  of  Congress. 


62 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE   UNITED   STATES. 


FEENCH. 

et  eiitre  nn  Etat,  ou  les  citojens  du  dit  J^tat,  et 
les  etats,  citojens  on  snjets  etrangers. 


Paragra/pKe  2.  Dans  tons  les  cas  affectant  les 
anibassadenrs,  les  autres  niinlsti-es  publics,  et  les 
consuls,  et  ceux  dans  lesquels  un  Etat  sera  partic, 
la  Cour  Supreme  jugera  en  premier  ressoit.  Dans 
tons  les  autres  cas  sus-mentionnes,  la  Cour  Su- 
preme jugera  en  appel,  tant  en  point  de  droit 
qu'en  point  de  fait,  sous  telles  exceptions  et  re- 
gies que  poun-a  faire  le  Congres. 

Paragrwphe  3.  Le  jugement  de  tons  les  crimes, 
excepte  dans  les  cas  d'accusation  publiqne,  sei-a 
fait  par  jurj,  et  le  dit  jugement  aura  lieu  dans 
TEtat  ou.  les  dits  crimes  auront  ete  commis ;  rnais 
quand  ils  n'auront  ete  commis  dans  aucun  Etat, 
le  jugement  sera  fait  en  tel  lieu  ou  en  tels  lieux 
que  le  Congres  aura  designe  par  une  loi. 


ENGLISH. 

States  ; — between  citizens  of  tlie 
same  State  claiming  lauds  under 
grants  of  different  States,  and  be- 
tween a  State,  or  the  citizens  there- 
of, and  foreign  states,  citizens,  or 
subjects. 

Clause  2.  In  all  cases  affecting 
ambassadors,  other  public  minis- 
ters and  consuls,  and  those  in  which 
a  State  shall  be  a  party,  the  Supreme 
Court  shall  have  original  jurisdic- 
tion. In  all  the  other  cases  before 
mentioned, the  Supreme  Court  shall 
have  appellate  jurisdiction,  both  as 
to  law  and  fact,  with  such  excep- 
tions and  under  such  regulations 
as  the  Congress  shall  make. 

Clause  3.  The  trial  of  all  crimes, 
except  in  cases  of  impeachment, 
shall  be  by  jury,  and  such  trial 
shall  be  held  in  the  State  where 
the  said  crimes  shall  have  been 
committed  ;  but  when  not  com- 
mitted within  any  State,  the  trial 
shall  be  at  such  place  or  places  as 
the  Congress  may  by  law  have  di- 
rected. 


Section  III. — ParagrajpKe  1.  La  trahison  en- 
vers  les  Etats- Unis  consistera  seulement  a  susciter 
la  guerre  contre  eux,  ou  a  prendre  parti  pour  leurs 
ennemis,  en  donnant  a  ceux-ci  aide  et  protection. 

Paragraphe  2.  Nul  ne  sera  convaincu  de  tra- 
liison,  si  ce  n'est  sur  le  temoignage  de  deux  tc- 
moins  du  meme  acte  flagrant,  ou  sur  un  aveu  en 
pleiue  cour. 

Paragraphe  3.  Le  Congres  aura  le  pouvoir  de 
declarer  la  peine  de  la  trahison  ;  mais  aucune 
interdiction  civile  pour  cause  de  traliison  n'en- 
trainera  la  decheance  du  sang,  ni  la  forfaiture, 
excepte  durant  la  vie  de  la  personne  interdite. 


Section  \\\.— Clause  1.  Trea- 
son against  the  United  States  shall 
consist  only  in  levying  war  against 
them,  or  in  adhering  to  their  ene- 
mies, giving  them  aid  and  com- 
fort. 

Clause  3.  No  person  shall  be  con- 
victed of  treason,  unless  on  the 
testimony  of  two  witnesses  to  the 
same  overt  act,  or  on  confession  in 
open  court. 

Clause  3.  The  Congress  shall 
have  power  to  declare  the  punish- 
ment of  treason  ;  but  no  attainder 
of  treason  shall  work  corruption  of 
blood,  or  forfeiture,  except  during 
the  life  of  the  person  attainted. 


CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 


63 


GERMAN. 

Staaten  beanspruchen  uud  zwisclien  einei'n  Staate, 
oder  dessen  Burgern  uiid  frenideii  Staaten  und 
deren  Biirgern. 


Clausel  2.  In  alien  Fallen,  welche  Gesandte, 
andere  oifentliclie  Beatnte  und  Consuln  betreffen, 
so  wie  in  solchen  Fallen,  in  denen  ein  Staat  eine 
Partei  ist,  soil  der  oberste  Gerichtsliof  ausschliess- 
licli  Reclit  sprechen.  In  alien  anderen,  vorlier 
erwalinten  Fallen  soil  der  oberste  Gerichtsliof 
Appellations-Instanz  sein,  niit  solchen  Ausnah- 
nien  und  unter  solchen  Bedingungen,  wie  sie  voni 
Congress  bestimnit  werden. 

Clausel  3.  Der  Process  fiir  alle  Yerbrechen, 
ausgenonitnen  in  Fallen  von  "  Impeachment,"  soil 
vor  Geschvvorenen  verhandelt  werden  und  die 
Verhandlung  soil  in  dem  Staate  stattfinden,  in 
dem  das  Yerbrechen  begangen  worden  ist ;  aber 
wenn  nicht  in  einem  bestimmten  Staate  began- 
gen, soil  der  Process  an  solchen  Platzen  statt- 
finden, welche  der  Congress  durch  Gesetze  dazu 
bezeichnet. 

Section  III.  —  Clausel  1.  ITochverrat  gegen 
die  Yereinigten  Staaten  soil  nur  in  einer  Kriegs- 
erklarung  gegen  dieselben,  oder  in  den  Feinden  ge- 
leistetem  oder  zu  leistendem  Beistande  bestehen. 

Clausel  2. — Niemand  soil  wegen  Hochverrat 
verurteilt  werden,  wenn  niclit  auf  Zeugniss  von 
zwei  Zeugen,  oder  auf  Gestandniss  vor  offenem 
Gerichtshofe. 

Clausel  3.  Der  Congress  soil  die  Macht  haben, 
Hochverrath  zu  bestrafen  ;  aber  keine  Yerurteil- 
nno;  weo;en  Hochverrats  soil  Fainilienschanduno; 
noch  Eigentumsverfall  in  sicli  schliessen,  ansge- 
noramen  wiihrend  der  Lebenszeit  des  Yerurteilten. 


NOTES. 

Sometimes   Congress  makes   otlier 
presents  in  return. 

Section  X.  —  Clause  1,  p.  46. 

During  the  Revolutionary  war, 
bills  of  credit  were  issued  by  Con- 
gress, and  are  known  as  "Conti- 
nental Money."  They  were  issued 
to  the  amount  of  about  $350,000,- 
000,  and  gradually  depreciated  in 
value  till  they  became  worthless. 

Charters  of  incorporation,  grant- 
ed to  private  persons  by  a  State 
Legislature,  have  been  regarded  as 
contracts  between  the  corporations 
and  the  States,  and  they  cannot 
therefore  be  altered,  repealed,  or 
impaired  by  the  Legislature,  with- 
out the  consent  of  the  incorporated 
body,  unless  the  power  to  do  so  is 
reserved  in  the  original  act  of  in- 
corporation. 

By  "Bills  of  Credit"  is  meant 
paper  money  or  promises  to  pay 
issued  by  a  State  in  siich  a  way  as 
to  be  used  as  a  circulating  me- 
dium. 

A  legal  tender  Is  such  an  offer  of 
payment  as  the  creditor  is  obliged 
to  accept  or  forfeit  his  claim  to  in- 
terest. 

The  Supreme  Court  has  decided 
that  the  States  may  pass  insolvent 
laws,  discharging  contracts  in  cer- 
tain cases,  in  reference  to  future 
contracts,  but  not  to  those  which 
are  past. 

ARTICLE  II — Section  l.—Cl.  1,  p.  48. 

Four  years,  the  period  finally 
agreed  upon,  is  intermediate  be- 
tween two  years,  the  period  for 
which  Representatives  are  chosen, 
and  six  years,  the  period  for  which 
Senators  are  chosen  ;  so  that,  in 
one  Presidential  term  the  House 
of  Representatives   may   be  twice 


G4  CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 

FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 

ARTICLE!    rV. — Dispositions  generalea.  ARTICLE  IV.— General  Provisions. 

Section  I. — Foi   et  confiance  entieres  seront      Section  I.— Full  faith  and  credit 
accordees  dans  chaque  Etat  aux  actes  publics,  ar-  ^^^^^^  ^^  s^^«"  "^  ^^^^  ^^^^^  *«  *''« 

.     , .    .    .  ,  ,  public   acts,    records   and   judicial 

chives  et  procedures  3 udlCiaires  de  tous   les  autres  proceedings  of  every  other  state  ; 

Etats  ;   et   le   Congres  pourra,  par   des  lois  gene-  and  the  Congress  may  by  general 

rales,    prescrire   la   fa90n    dont   les   ditS    actes,   ar-  laws  prescribe  the  manner  in  which 

chives  et  procedures  pourront  etre  legalises,  et  «"«''  ^^^s,  records  and  proceedings 
,         rv  i      1        T  .  shall  be    proved,    and   the    effect 

les  ettets  des  dits  actes.  thereof 

Section  II. — Parographe  1.   Les  citoyeiis  de      Section  II.  —  Claim  1.     The 
chaque  Etat  auront  droit  a  tous  les  privileges  et  citizens  of  each  state  shall  be  en- 

.,,!.,  1  1        J-  -f^.    .  titled  to  all  privileges  and  immuni- 

luiuiuuites  de  citoyeris  dans  les  divers  ii.tats.  ..      „  .^.        .     °  ,  „,  ^ 

•^  ties  01  citizens  in  the  several  States. 

Paragrajphe  2.  Toute  persoiine  accusee  dans  un       Clame  2.  A  person  charged  in 
Etat  de  trahison,  felonie,  ou  autre  crime,  laqueile  ^^^  state  with  treason,  felony,  or 

r    .  1      •      ,.  ,  ,  '1  ,         other  crime,   who  shall  flee  from 

aura  tui  la  lustice,  et  sera  trouvee  dans  un  autre   .    ^.  :, \     ^ 

J  :>  ^         ^  justice,  and  be  found  in  another 

Etat,  devra,  sur  la  demande  de  1  autonte  execu-  gt^te,  shall,  on  demand  of  the  ex- 
tive  de  I'Etat  d'ou  elle  s'est  enfuie,  etre  livree,  ecutive  authority  of  the  state  from 
pour  etre  rainenee  dans  I'Etat  qui  a  juridiction   which  he  fled,  be  delivered  up,  to 

1  •  be  removed  to  the  State  having  iu- 

sur  le  crime.  .-,...       „ .,        . 

nsdiction  of  the  crime. 

N.B. — Clause  3  is  obsolete. 
Paragraphe  3.  Aucune  personne  temie  d  tin       Clauses.  No  person  Jield  toser- 
service  ou  d  un  travail  dam  un  Etat,  sous  les  lois  «^*^  <^^'  ^^^^'^  ^>^  <>"«  'Stoi!^,  under  the 

du  dit  Etat,  s'echavvant  dmis  un  autre,  ne  pourra,   '^^J,  '^'''''^^  escaping  into  another, 
'  ^-^  ,  siuM,  in  consequence  of  any  law  or 

par  suiU  dJaucuiie  lov  ou  regie  de  cet  autre,  etre  regulation  therein,  be  discharried 
dechargee  du  dlt  service  ou  travail,  viais  devra  from  such  service  or  labor,  but  shall 
etre  livree,  sur  la  reclamation  de  la  jpersonne  d  be  delivered  up  on  claim  of  the  party 

qui  est  du  le  dit  service  ou  travail,  f  ^"'^"^  ''^'^'  '''''^  '^^  ^"^^^  "'^'^ 

-^  be  due. 

Section   III. — Paragraphe    1.    De   nouveaux      Section  III. — Clause  1.    New 

Etats  pourront  etre  admis  par  le  Congres  dans  States  may  be  admitted  by  the  Con - 

, ,       TT    •  •  -fS-    i  gress  into  this  Union  ;  but  no  new 

cette  Union:  mais  aucun  Jlitat  nouveau  ne  sera  o,  ^     ,   ,,  ,     *        ,  ^  , 

'  state  shall  be  formed  or  erected 

forme,  ou  erige  dans  les  limites  de  la  juridiction  withinthe  jurisdiction  of  any  other 
d'aucun  autre  Etat ;  ni  aucun  Etat  ne  pourra  etre  state  -,  nor  any  state  be  formed  by 
forme  par  I'union  de  deux  ou  plusieurs  Etats  ou  ^^^^  junction  of  two  or  more  states, 

. .         i,v^,    ,  1  ,  /     J        T  '    •        or  parts  of  States,  without  the  con- 

parties  d  Etats,  sans  le  consentement  des  Legis-       \.  e^i    t    •  ,  .         c^.-,    c.  . 

^  '.,,..  ,        sentof  the  Legislatures  of  the  states 

iatures  des  Etats  interesses  ainsi  que  du  Congres.   concerned  as  well  as  of  the  Con- 
gress. 

Paragraphe  2.  Le  Congres  aura  le  pouvoir  de       Clause  2.    The   Congress  shall 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE   UNITED  STATES.  65 

GERMAN.  NOTES. 

_____„   _^      ...  ,       _      .  wholly  changed  and  two  thirds  of 

ARTIKBL  IV.-AUgemeine  Bestimmungen.  ^^^  g^^^^^  ^^^  ^^^  ^^^^^^^^ 

Section    I. — Die  offentlichen   Acte,    Erlasse      There  is  nothing  in  the  Consti- 
und  gerichtlichen  Yerhandlungen  eines   Staates  tution  to  limit  the  number  of  terms 

,,        .       ,  CI  11       TT-      c    1     1  for  which  a  President  may  be  elect- 

sollen  in  den  anderen  Staaten  voile  Kraft  haben  ^^.  ^ut,  as  Washington  declined 

und  der  Congress  kann  durch  allgemeine  Gesetze  to  be  a  candidate  again  at  the  close 

die  Art  iind  Weise  bestimmen,  in  der  diese  Acte,  of  his  second  term  of  office,  his 

Erlasse  und  Yerhandlungen  rechtskraftlg  werden  ^^''^™P^"  ^'^'  ^""^^'^  ^  precedent 

"^  by  which  most  subsequent  Presi- 

SOlien.  dents  have  guided  themselves. 

Section  II,  —  Clausel   1.    Die   Burger  eines      The  office  of  Vice-President  was 
Staates  sollen  alle  Privilegien  und  Yorrechte  der  ^''^^*^*^  ^^  °'''^^'"  *^^*  "^«^«  °^'g>^* 

-r,..  .      T  1  n,      i  •  ^^    some    person   to    succeed   the 

Burger  in  den  anderen  Staaten  geniessen.  President,  in  case  of  his  removal 

Clausel  2.  Eine  Person,  welche  in  einem  Staate  from  office,  or  of  his  death,  resig- 

wegen  Yerrat  oder  anderer  Yerbrechen  verfolgt  "^*^o"'  «"■  "^^biiity  to  discharge  his 

.    ,  T         ,,         -IT        i-nii,i  /-I'l,       duties :  and  also  because  it  would 

wird  und  welclie  sich  durch  llucht  dem  Genchte  »      .,  ,.        «       x    .i 

furnish   a  presiding  officer  to  the 

entzieht  und  in  einem  anderen  Staate  angetroffen  senate,  who  would  be  most  likely 

wirdjSoll  auf  Yerlangen  der  Beliorden  des  Staates,  to  be  impartial,  inasmuch  as  he  is 

von  welchem  sie  entflohen  ist,  ansgeliefert  und  ^^^""^^^  ^^  *^^«  ^^""^^  country  and 
,,         o,.  11         -1         -nii-r»ii.  <ioes    not    represent    a    particular 

nacli  dern  Staate,  welcher  in  dem  J^alle  Kecht  zu  g^  ^ 

sprechen  hat,  abgef  iilirt  werden.  Clause  2,  p.  48. 

Clausel  3.  memand,  der  in  Dienst  und  Ar-      ^^^^  President  and  Vice-Presi- 

,...       .  ci,      ,  .       -I  ry       ,  .7,         -I  dent  are  not  chosen  by  the  people 

belt  %n  ei7ieni  l^taate  unter  aessen  (jresetsen  stent  und   ,.     .,    ,    .,       x  a     CT?^    . 

directly,  but  by  a  body  of  Electors, 

nach  einem  anderen  entftieht^  soil  wegen  irgend  called  the  "Electoral  College." 
welcher  Gesetze  in  letzerem  von  diesetn  Dienste      The  framers  of  the  Constitution 
und  dieser  Arheltfrei  gemacht,  sondern  auf  Ver-  ^e'^e^ed  that  a  small  number  of 

1  ,..  y         •      rt     ij        _o  T  A    1    'A   men,  selected  for  that  purpose  on 

lanqen  desieniqen.  der  em  lieckt  auf  diese  Arbeit  ^   ^  ^x,  •      •  ^  . 

iJ  J  ^      <>      ^  ■/  account  of  their  wisdom  and  patri- 

hat^  ausgeotejert  werden.  otism,  meeting  separately  in  their 

Section  lll.-Clausel  1.  Neue  Staaten  konnen  respective  states,  would  not  be  li- 

.T  TT-  r  ^"^^  '■o  "®  influenced  by  the  excite- 

durch  Congressbeschlnss  in  diese  Union  aufge-  ments  of  a  popular  election,  or  by 
nommen  werden  ;  aber  kein  neuer  Staat  soil  in-  intrigue  or  corruption ;  but  would 
nerhalb  der  Gerichtsbarkeit  eines  anderen  Staates  be  independent   in  their  action, 

erriehtet  werden  ;  audi  soil  kein  Staat  durch  Yer-  ^"^^  ^''""^"'^  ^'^  "^"^"^"  ^'^'^'''- 
.    .  •      1  1      n  11  ately  the  merits  of  the  candidates, 

einigung  von  zwei  oder  tnehr  Staaten  oder  deren  ^^^   therefore  likely  to  make  a 
Teilen    gebildet   werden,  ohne  die  Zustiminung  wise  selectioni 
der  betreffenden  Legislaturen  der  interessierten      I»   ™a°y   respects^  the   object 

Staaten  und  des  Congresses.  ^^'^'^^  ^^^  ^""^"^^'^  °^  ^^'«  <^°"«"- 

^  tution  sought  to  obtain  by  the  sys- 

Clausel  2.    Der  Congl-ess  soil  die  Macht  haben,    tem  of  Electors  has  hitherto  failed 


G6  CONSTITUTION  OF  THE   UNITED   STATES. 

FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 

prendre  les  dispositions  et  de  faire  tontes  les  lois  have  power  to  dispose  of  and  make 

^       ,    ,             ,         ,            .                                 t  1      J-        •<-    •   ^  allueedful   rules   and    regulations 

et  reo-  ements  necessaires  concernant  Je  terntoire  .,     .      *              *i 

o                                                                          ,                   .  respecting   the    territory    or    otlier 

on  autre  propriete  appartenant  anx  Etats-Unis ;  property  belonging  to  the  United 

et  rien,  dans  la  presente  Constitution,  ne  pourra  states;   and  nothing  in  this  Con- 

etre  interprets  de  maniere  a  infirnier  aucun  droit  stitution  shall  be  so  construed  as  to 

,       -fs     ,     TT    •               ji        -r^i.   i.          i.'      T  prejudice  any  claims  of  the  United 

des  Etats-Unis,  on  d  un  ilitat  particuher.  f,'^           „-           .•    ,     c*  * 

'                                  ^  States,  or  of  any  particular  State. 

Section  IV.— Les  Etats-Unis  devront  garantir  Section  IV.— The  United  States 

,               -f^.    -     1           i.^      TT    •                    £                 '  shall  guarantee  to  every  State  in 

a  chaque  Etat  de  cette  Union  une  tonne  repu-  ^, .     *  .                ,,•    '  *          p 

i                                                          .           ^                    ^  this  Union  a  republican  lorm    or 

blicaine   de   gouverneinent,   et   proteger   chacun  go^gj.j^j^g„t,^jjd  shall  protect  each 

d'eux  contre  une  invasion,  et  aussi,  sur  deinande  of  them  against  invasion,  and  on 

de  la  Legislature,  ou  de  I'executif  (si  la  Legisla-  application  of  the  Legislature,  or 

"".A^  »N  ii-t-of  the  executive  (when  the  Legis- 

ture  ne  peut  etre  con voquee),  contre  toute  vio-  ,    ■             .^               ,.       ■    . 

^                                  T.        /'  lature  cannot  be  convened),  against 

lence  interieure.  domestic  violence. 


ARTICLE  v.— Droit  d'Amendement.  ARTICLE  v. -Power  of  Amendment. 

LeCongres,qnand  deux  tiers  de  chaque  cliambre      ^he  Congress,    whenever  two- 

,  .         ,  \  J        thirds  of  both  houses  shall  deem  it 

le]ugerontnecessaire,devra  proposer  des  amende-  necessary,  shall  propose  amend- 
ments a  la  presente  Constitution,  ou,  sur  la  de-  ments  to  this  Constitution,  or,  on 
mande  des  Legislatures  de  deux  tiers  des  divers  the  application  of  the  Legislatures 

-fs,    .11  i  •  of  two-thirds  of  the  several  States, 

Etats,  devra  appeler  une  convention  pour  propo-  "'^ '-"" ''""  .      ^ 

\'-  .  '  shall  call  a  convention  for  propos- 

ser  des  amendements  qui,  dans  1  un  ou  1  autre  .^^  amendments,  which,  in  either 

cas,  seront  valables  pour  toutes  fins  et  intentions,  case,  shall  be  valid  to  all  intents 

comtiie  faisant  partie  de  la  presente  Constitution,  and  purposes,  as  part  of  this  Con- 

lorsqu'ils  auront  ete  ratifies  par  les  Legislatures  «^5*^^«°"'  ^'f "  ^^"J*^^  ^7  "'^  ^;- 

^  IT  -fS  1  gislatures  of  three-fourths   of  the 

■de  trOlS  quarts  des  divers  Etats,  ou  par  des  con-  several  States,  or  by  conventions  in 
ventions    dans    trois    quarts    des    dits    Etats,  selon    three-fourths  thereof,  as  the  one  or 

■que  I'un  ou  I'autre  mode  de  ratification  pourra  the  other  mode  of  ratification  may 

etre   propose    par    le    Congres  ;    pourvu    qu'aUCUn    l^e  proposed  by  the  Congress ;  pro- 
'^  ,  .    ■;,  ,    .  vided  that  no    amendment  which 

amendement  qui  pourrait  etre  tait  anterieurement  ^^^,  ^,^  ^^^^  ^^.^^  t^  ^l^^  ^.^^„  ^^^^ 

a  Fannee  mil  huit  cent  liuit  n'affecte  en  quoi  que  thousand  eight  hundred  and  eight 

ce-soit  le  premier  et  le  quatrieme  paragraphe  de  shall  in  any  manner  affect  the  first 

la  neuviemc  section  du  premier  article;  et  qu'au-  ^^^^  f^"""*^  ^^'^"^^^  "^  *^'^  "^"*'^ 

^  .  .     ,  .  .      ^      section  of  the  first  article;  and  that 

eun  Etat  ne  soit  prive,  sans  son  consentement,  de  ^^  g^^^^^^  ^.^^^^^^^  .^^  ^^„^^„^^  ^^^^^^ 
son  suffrage  egal  au  Seuat.  te  deprived  of  its  equal  suffrage  in 

the  Senate. 


CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES.  67 

GERMAN.  NOTES. 

alle   notigen  Anordnungen    nnd   Bestimmungen  to  be    accomplished.     In   actual 

uberdas  Gebiet  oder  airderes  Eisentnm  der  Ver-  P^^'^"^^'  the  Electors  are  chosen 

.    .                                                                 ,'".,.,.  tor  the  express  purpose  or  voting 

eiingteii   Staaten  zii  treften  nnd  niclits  m  dieser  ^^^  particular  candidates,  to   do 

Constitntion  soil  zuni  Schaden  der  Yereinigten  which  they  are  sometimes   even 

Staaten  oder  einzelner  Staaten  ausgelegt  werden  pledged  beforehand ;  they  are  ex- 

Vx...>^.,  pected  to  cast  their  votes  for  those 

Konnen.  '■ 

candidates  only,  and  not  to  exer- 

Section  IV.— Die  Yereinigten  Staaten  sollen  ^'f  any  freedom  of  choice  them- 

.                                                 "       ,          ,  selves.     It  may  nevertheless  some- 

jedem  emzelnen  Staate  dieser  Union  erne  repnbli-  ti.aes  happen  that  the   selection 

kanische  Regiei-nngsform  garantieren  und  sollen  mnst  be  really  made  by  the  Elec- 

jeden  Staat  beschiitzen  gegen  Einfalle  von  Anssen,  tors,  as,  for  instance,  in  case  of  the 

so   wie   auf  Yerlangen   der  Legislatur   oder  der  ff^  "^  ?"  or  more  of  the  can- 

.111      /r  n       T      X       •  1                •   1          •  didates  before   the    election   takes 

Execntivbehorde  (rails  die  Legislatnr  .niclit  em-  ^^^^ 

berufen  werden  kann)  gegen  innere  Unrulien.  Each  state  is  secured  the  same 

relative  influence  in  the  choice  of 
President  and  Vice-President  that 
it  has  in  Congress. 

ARTIKEL  v.— VoUmacht  fOr  Abanderungen.  Clause  3,  p.  50. 

Der  Congress  soil,  wenn  zwei  Drittel  beider  At  the   election  of  the  fourth 

Ilanser   es  ^lotig  tinden,  Andernngen  an    dieser  President,  the  electoral  votes  for 

.        .                                                         ^          p     *  Thomas  Jefferson  and  Aaron  Burr 

Constitution    VOrschlagen,    oder    soil    auf   Antrag  were  equal,  and  each  received  the 

der  Legislatttren  von  zwei  Dritteln  der  einzelnen  votes   of    seventy-three    Electors. 

Staaten,  eine  Yersauinilung  berufen,  urn  Ander-  The  House  of  Representatives  pro- 

ungen  vorzunelnnen,  welche  in  alien  Fallen  und  ''^'^''^  *«  ^^^^"^^  a  President.    On 

^                  T        n        T-r      c    1     1  th®  fi'"^t  ballot,  eight  States  voted 

fiir  alio  Zwecke  dieselbe  Kraft  liaben  sollen,  als  j^,.  -Thomas  Jefferson,  six  states 

wenn  sie  einen  Teil  dieser  Constitution  bildeten,  for  Aaron  Burr,  and  the  votes  of 

sobald  sie  dnreli  die  Legislaturen  von  drei  Yier-  t^o  states  were  divided.    There 

teln  der  einzelnen  Staaten  oder  durcli  offentliche  ^"'"^  ^*^'"   '^^*''"  ^^''^^"^  "'  ^^'^ 

■XT                  1                  .        ,      .    -tr-  Union. 

Yersammlnngen  in  arei  Yierteln  derselben   be-  ^he  balloting  continued  nearly 

statigt  werden  nnd  soil  die  eine  oder  die  andere  a  week,    and    thirty  five    ballots 

Weise   dieser   Bestatigung   vom   Congresse   be-  '"'ere  had,  with  the  same  result 

stinimt  werden,  voraus^esetzt,  dass  keine  Aban-  ^'^  ^^'"^  ^'•'*-    '^''^  ^*'"^'''^  '^^'^  ^*''- 

,                          1          T  1        ^'orvr,                1          •    1          11  r^*^^  on  with  violent  partv  spirit. 

derung  vor  dem  Jalire  IhOS  gemaelit  wird,  welche  fj,,,,,^.^  ^,,  ^he  thirty  sixth  ballot 

in  irgend  einer  Weise  Clausel  eins  und  vier  in  der  Thomas  Jefferson  received  the  votes 

neunten  Abteilnng  des    ersten  Artikels   betrifft  of  a  majority  of  the  States  and  was 

nnd  dass  kein  Staat  olme  seine  Zustimmung  seines  ^^^^^''^^  President;  Aaron  Burr, 

,    .   ,          ^^.                1  i       •       o                      T        -^        1  having  the  next  highest  number  of 

gleichen  Stmniirecbtes  im  Senate  verlustig  gehen  ^^^^^  ^^^^^^^  Vice-President. 

soil.  To   prevent    the    recurrence   of 


68  CONSTITUTION  OF  THE   UNITED   STATES. 

FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 

ARTICLE  VI. — Dispositions  diverses.  ARTICLE  VI.  —  Miscellaneous  PTovi- 

sions. 

Paragraphe  1.  Toutes  les  dettes  contractees,  Clame  l.  All  debts  contracted, 
et  tons  les  engagements  pris  avant  I'adoption  de  ^^^  engagements  entered  into,  be- 
la    presente   Constitution,   seront    anssi    y^\i^^^  ^oveil^.^^o^iion  oixir.,  Con.iiin. 

^  ^  •JIT        tion,  shall  be  as  valid  against  the 

contre  les  Etats-Unis   sous   1  empire  de  la   dite  united  states  under  this  Constitu- 
Constitution,  que  sous  la  Confederation.  tion,  as  under  the  Confederation. 


Paragraphe  2.    La  presente  Constitution,  et  Clause  2.  This  Constitution,  and 

les  lois  des  Etats-Unis  qui  seront  faites  en  conse-  *^^®  laws  of  the  United  states  which 

1           .^     r^        .•,    i.'            i.    i          1        J.     -A.'  shall  be  made  in  pursuance  there- 

quence  de  cette  Constitution,  et  tous  les  traites  ,       i   „  .     ^-         ^          , .  i 

*■                                                            '  ^                   ^  of ;  and  all  treaties  made,  or  which 

f  aits    OU    a    f  aire    sous    I'autorite    des    Etats-Unis,  shall  be  made,  under  the  authority 

seront  la  loi  supreme  du  pays;  et  les  juges  de  of  the  United  States,  shall  be  the 

chaque  Etat  seront  lies  par  cette  loi ;  nonobstant  supreme  law  of  the  land ;  and  the 

,.          .^.                i     •        J           1     n        i.-i   i.'  judges  in  every  State  shall  be  bound 

toute    disposition  contraire  dans  la  Constitution  \      ,           ,, .      .    ^,    ^ 

i^              ^  thereby,  any  thing  m  the  Constitu- 

oa  les  lois  d'un  Etat  quelconque.  tion  or  laws  of  any  state  to  the  con- 
trary notwithstanding. 

Paragraphs  3.  Les  Senateurs  et  Representants  Clause  3.     The  Senators  and 

SUS-mentionnes,  et   les   membres  des  diverses  Le-  Representatives  before  mentioned, 

^                             ,         -.          ,            .                ,  and  the   members   of  the   several 

gislatures  d  Etat,  et   tous   les  fonctionnaires  exe-  gt^te  Legislatures,  and  all   execu- 

ciitifs  et  judiciaires,  taut  des  Etats-Unis  que  des  tive  and  judicial  officers,  both  of 

divers  Etats,  seront  tenus,  par  serment  ou  affir-  the  United  states  and  of  the  sev- 

mation,   de   soutenir  la-  presente   Constitution;  eral  states,  shall  be  bound  by  oath 

.                    ,  or  a^rmation  to  support  this  Con- 

inais  aucune  qualification  religieuse  ne  sera  re-  stitution ;  but  no  religious  test  shall 

quise    COmme   titre  a   un  emploi   ou   poste  public  ever  be  required  as  a  qualification 

sous  les  Etats-Unis.  to  any  office  or  public  trust  under 

the  United  States. 

ARTICLE  VII.— Ratification  d©  la  Constitution.  ARTICLE  vil.-Ratification  of  the 

Constitution. 

La   ratification   par  les   Conventions  de  neuf  The  ratification  of  the  conven- 

fitats  suffira  pour  I'etablissement  de  la  presente  *'^"^  ^^  "^"^  states  shall  be  suf- 

/^^^„i.'i.„. -^ i.         1         -C^i.   i.            -11              J.      •      •  ficient  for  the  establishment  of  this 

Constitution    entre   les   Etats  qui  1  auront  ainsi  „    _,.,  ,.     ,  ,         .,     c  . 

,                                                         -  Constitution  between  the  States  so 

1  atlliee.  ratifying  the  same. 

Fait  en  convention,  par  le  consentement  unanime  Done  in  convention,  by  the  un- 

des  Etats  presents,  le  dix-septieme  jour  de  sep-  animous  consent  of  the  states 


CONSTITUTION   OF  THE   UNITED   STATES. 


69 


GERMAN. 

ARTISEL  VI. — Verschiedene  Bestimmungen. 

Clausel  1.  Alle  Schulden  und  Verbindlichkei- 
ten,  welche  vor  Aiinahme  dieser  Constitution  ein- 
gegangen  sind,  sollen  dieselbe  Reclitsgiiltigkeit 
gegen  die  Vereinigten  Staaten  unter  dieser  Con- 
stitution, wie  gegen  die  friiliere  Confoderation 
liaben. 

Clausel  2.  Diese  Constitution  und  die  Gesetze 
der  Yereinigten  Staaten,  welclie  in  Folge  dersel- 
ben  erlassen  werden  sollen,  ebenfalls  alle  bisheri- 
gen  und  zuktinftigen  Yertrage,  welche  unter  Zu- 
etimmung  der  Yereinigten  Staaten  abgeschlossen 
werden  sollen,  sollen  die  oberste  Reclitsgrundlage 
des  Landes  bilden  und  die  Richter  in  irgend 
einein  Staate  sollen  daran  gebunden  sein,  trotz 
der  etwa  damit  in  Widersprucli  stehenden  Yer- 
fassung  oder  Gesetze  der  einzelnen  Staaten. 

Clausel  3.  Die  Senatoren  und  Abgeordneten, 
so  wie  die  Mitglieder  der  verscliiedenen  Staats- 
legislaturen,  eben  so  wie  alle  Gerichts-  und  Civil- 
beamten  der  Yereinigten  Staaten  und  der  ein- 
zelnen Staaten,  sollen  durcli  Eid  oder  Bekraftig- 
ung  an  Eides  Statt  gebunden  sein,  diese  Consti- 
tution anfrecht  zu  erlialten ;  aber  der  religiose 
Glaube  soil  nichts  mit  einer  Befahigung  zu  einem 
Amte  oder  offentlichen  Yertrauensposten  unter 
den  Yereinigten  Staaten  zu  thun  haben. 

ARTDIEIi  Vn.— Bestatigung  der  Constitution. 

Die  Bestatigung  der  "  Conventionen "  von 
neiin  Staaten  soil  geniigend  sein,  uni  diese  Yer- 
fassung  zwischen  den  zustimmenden  Staaten  in 
Wirksanikeit  treten  zu  lassen. 

So  geschehen  in  Yersammlung  laut  einstimmigen 
Beschlusses  der  anwesenden  Staaten,  am  17 


NOTES, 
such  a  state  of  things,  Congress,  on 
December  12,  1803,  proposed  to 
the  Legislatures  of  the  States  an 
amendment  to  this  part  of  the  Con- 
stitution, which  was  adopted  by 
three-fourths  of  the  States,  and 
was  proclaimed  by  the  President 
as  a  part  of  the  Constitution,  Sep- 
tember 25,  1804,  and  therefore 
takes  the  place  of  the  original 
clause  as  the  Twelfth  Amendment 
to  the  Constitution. 

The  amendment  still  leaves  with 
Congress  the  right  to  elect  a  Pres- 
ident and  Vice-President,  where 
there  is  no  election  by  the  people  ; 
but  it  changes  the  mode  of  proce- 
dure. The  principal  alterations  are 
the  following :  The  Electors,  instead 
of  voting  generally  for  two  persons, 
are  to  vote  for  one  person  for  Pres- 
ident and  one  person  for  Vice-Pres- 
ident in  distinct  ballots,  and  sep- 
arate lists  of  the  persons  voted  for 
as  President  and  as  Vice-President 
are  to  be  sent  to  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment. 

If  no  person  have  a  majority,  the 
House  of  Representatives  are  to 
elect  a  President  from  the  three 
highest  persons  on  the  list  of  those 
voted  for  as  President,  instead  of 
the  five  highest,  as  in  the  original 
Article.  If  the  House  of  Represen- 
tatives, whenever  the  choice  of  a 
President  shall  devolve  upon  them, 
shall  fail  to  choose  a  President  be- 
fore the  fourth  day  of  March  next 
following,  the  Vice-President  shall 
act  as  President,  as  in  case  of  the 
death  or  other  constitutional  dis- 
ability of  the  President.  There 
was  no  provision  similar  to  this  in 
the  original  Article. 

As  the  Constitution  at  first  stood, 
a  Vice-President  could  not  be  de- 
signated until  after  the  President 


70 


COKSTITUTION   OF  THE   UNITED   STATES. 


FRENCH. 


tembre,  en  I'an  de  notre  Seigneur  mil  sept-cent 
quati-e-vingt  sept,  et  la  donzienie  annee  de  I'ln- 
dependance  des  Etats-Unis  d'Amerique. 

En  foi  de  quoi,  nous  avons  appose  ci-apres  nos 
signatures. 

Geokge  Washington, 
President,  et  Depute  de  la  Virginie. 


ENGLISH. 

present,  the  seventeenth  day  of 
September,  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord  one  thousand  seven  hun- 
dred and  eighty-seven,  and  of 
the  Independence  of  the  United 
States  of  America  the  twelfth 
In  witness  whereof,  we  have  here- 
unto subscribed  our  names. 

George  Washington, 
President,   and  Deputy  of 
Virginia. 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 

JOHS  LANGDON, 

Nicholas  Oilman. 


MASSACHUSETTS. 
Kathajjiel  Gorham, 
RuFus  King. 


CONNECTICUT. 
William  Samuel  Johnson, 
RoGEE  Sherman. 

NEW  YORK. 
Alexanbee  Hamilton. 

Pour  attested 


NEW  JERSEY. 
William  Livingston, 
David  Brearley, 
William  Patebson, 
Jonathan  Dayton. 


PENNSYLVANIA. 
Benjamin  Franklin, 
Thomas  Mifflin, 
Robert  Morris, 
Geobge  Clymer, 
Thomas  Fitzsimgns, 
Jared  Ingersoll, 
James  Wilson, 
gou verne  ur  morris. 


DELAWARE. 
George  Reed, 
Gunning  Bedford,  Jr., 
JoHS  Dickinson, 
Richard  Bassett, 
Jacob  Broom. 

MARYLAND. 

James  McHenry, 
Daniel  of  St.  Thomas 

Jenifer, 
Daniel  Carroll. 

VIRGINIA. 
John  Blair, 
James  Madison,  Jr. 


William  Jackson,  Secretaire. 


NORTH  CAROLINA. 
William  Blount, 
richakd  dobbs  spaight, 
Hugh  Williamson. 


SOUTH  CAROLINA. 
John  Riitledge, 
Charles  C.  Pinckney, 
Charles  Pinckney, 
I'lERCB  Butler. 


GEORGIA. 
William  Few. 
Abraham  Baldwin. 
William  Jackson,  Secretartf. 


CONSTITUTION   OF  THE    UNITED   STATES. 


71 


GERMAN. 


September,  1787,  und  iin  zwolften  Jalire  der 
Unabliangigkeit  der  Vereinigten  Staaten  von 
Amerika. 


Zum  Zengniss  dessen  liaben  wir  unsere  Nainen 
unterzeiclinet. 

George  Washington, 
Prdsident  und  Ahgeordneter  von  Virginia. 

Ztti'  Beylaubigung :   William  Jackson,  Secretdr. 


NOTES. 

had  been  elected  by  the  House  of 
Representatives.  The  amendment 
allows  the  Senate  to  proceed  at  once 
and  choose  a  Vice-President  from 
the  two  highest  numbers  on  the  list 
of  persons  voted  for  as  Vice-Presi- 
dent ;  two-thirds  of  the  Senators 
constitute  a  quorum  for  this  pur- 
pose, and  a  majority  of  the  whole 
number  is  necessary  to  a  choice- 
The  votes  of  the  Senate  in  choos- 
ing a  Vice-President  are  not  taken 
by  States,  as  the  votes  of  the  House* 
are  in  choosing  a  President,  but. 
each  Senator  has  one  vote. 

It  is  also  declared  by  the  amend- 
ment that  a  person  who  is  constitu- 
tionally ineligible  to  the  office  of 
Pi-esident  shall  be  also  ineligible  to 
that  of  Vice-President.  This  is  be- 
cause the  Vice-President  may  be 
called  upon  to  act  as  President. 

Since  the  adoption  of  this  amend' 
ment,  there  has  been  one  election 
of  President  by  the  House  of  Rep- 
resentatives. At  the  election  for 
the  tenth  P^-esidential  term,  com- 
mencing March  4,  1825,  John  C. 
Calhoun  was  chosen  Vice-President, 
but  there  was  no  election  of  Presi- 
dent by  the  Electors.  It  therefore 
devolved  on  the  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives to  choose  a  President 
from  the  three  highest  oil  the  list 
of  candidates  for  the  Presidency, 
who  were  Andrew  Jackson,  John 
Quincy  Adams  and  William  H. 
Crawford.  John  Quincy  Adams 
received  a  majority  of  the  votes  of 
the  States  and  was  consequently 
declared  elected  by  the  House. 

Clause  4,  p.  54. 

The  Choice  of  Electors  is  usually 
called  the  Presidential  Election. 

By  an  act,  passed  January  23, 
1845,   Congress  declared  that  the 


72 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED   STATES. 


NOTES. 


Electors  shall  be  appointed  in  each 
State  on  the  Tuesday  next  after  the 
first  Monday  of  November  of  the 
year  in  which  they  are  to  be  ap- 
pointed ;  also  that  each  State  may 
provide  by  law  for  filling  vacancies 
in  its  College  of  Electors,  when 
such  College  meets  to  give  its  elec- 
toral votes ;  and  that  when  any 
State  shall  have  held  an  election 
for  the  purpose  of  choosing  Electors 
and  shall  fail  to  make  a  choice  on 
the  day  above  mentioned,  the  Elec- 
tors may  be  appointed  on  a  subse- 
quent day,  in  such  manner  as  the 
State  may  by  law  provide. 

Clause  5,  p.  54. 
The  residence   required  by  the 
Constitution  does  not  preclude   a 
temporary  sojourn  in  foreign  coun- 
tries.    See  Appendix,  Table  B,  p«. 

^^-  Claiise  6,  p.  56. 

Congress,  in  1792,  enacted  that  in 
case  of  the  removal,  death,  resigna- 
tion or  inability  both  of  the  Presi- 
dent and  Vice-President,  the  presi- 
dent of  the  Senate,  and  in  case  there 
shall  be  no  president  of  the  Senate, 
the  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives, shall  act  as  President 
until  the  disability  be  removed  or 
a  President  shall  be  elected. 

Under  the  law  of  1792,  the  coun- 
try was  exposed  to  the  evils  of  a 
special  election.  The  administra- 
tion miglit  pass  from  one  political 
party  to  another  against  the  will  of 
the  people  ;  but  the  most  serious 
defect  in  it  was  that  it  might  leave 
the  country  without  a  designated 
successor  to  the  Presidency. 

In  1886,  in  case  of  the  removal, 
death,  resignation  or  inability  of 
both  the  President  and  the  Vice- 
President,  the  succession  w.is  vest- 
ed in  the  members  of  the  Cabinet 


in  the  following  order : — Secretary 
of  State,  Secretary  of  the  Treasury, 
Secretary  of  War,  Attorney  Gen- 
eral. Postmaster  General,  Secretary 
of  the  Navy,  Secretary  of  the  In- 
terior. In  case  the  duties  of  the 
office  devolve  upon  any  member  of 
the  Cabinet,  he  is  to  act  as  Presi- 
dent until  the  disability  is  removed, 
or  a  new  President  is  regularly 
elected.  There  is  to  be  no  special 
election. 

A  foreign-born  Secretary  is  barred 
from  the  succession,  which,  in  such 
event,  would  pass  to  the  next  in 
line. 

Clause  7,  p.  56. 

By  an  act  of  Congress  passed  in 
1793,  the  salary  of  the  President 
was  fixed  at  the  annual  rate  of 
$25,000,  together  with  the  use  of 
the  Presidential  mansion  and  its 
furniture.  During  Grant's  admin- 
istration, the  President's  salary  was 
increased  to  $50,000. 

The  salary  of  the  Vice-President 
was  first  fixed  at  the  annual  rate  of 
$8,000.     It  was  also  increased. 

Section  II. — Clause  2,  p.  58. 

A  rule  of  the  Senate  requires  that 
all  information  or  remarks,  con- 
cerning the  character  or  qualifica- 
tions of  any  person  nominated  by 
the  President,  shall  be  kept  secret. 

An  appointment  is  not  complete 
and  the  nominee  as  an  officer  has 
no  legal  rights  conferred  upon  him 
until  a  commission  has  been  signed 
by  the  President. 

The  commission  is  a  formal  cer- 
tificate of  the  appointment,  signed 
by  the  President  and  sealed  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  with  the  seal  of 
the  United  States,  which  is  deliv- 
ered to  the  person  appointed.  Ac- 
tual  delivery  of  the   commission, 


CONSTITUTION   OF  THE   UNITED   STATES. 


7» 


NOTES. 


after  it  has  been  signed  by  the  Pre- 
sident, is  not  absolutely  necessary ; 
nor,  if  lost  or  destroyed,  would  the 
appointment  be  void.  The  salary 
is  paid  from  the  date  of  the  com- 
mission. 

The  power  of  removal  has,  since 
the  Congress  of  1789,  which  after 
thorough  discussion  sustained  the 
right,  been  exercised  by  the  Presi- 
dent alone. 

The  power  of  the  President  to 
remove  an  oflBcer  from  the  public 
service  extends  to  all  officers  in  the 
army  and  navy,  as  well  as  to  civil 
officers. 

The  persons  and  household  goods 
of  foreign  ambassadors  or  public 
ministers  are,  by  the  law  of  nations, 
exempt  from  arrest  or  seizure  ;  nor 
are  ambassadors  responsible  to  the 
civil  or  criminal  laws  of  the  coun- 
try to  which  they  are  sent ;  but 
consuls  are  regarded  merely  as  com- 
mercial agents  and  are  generally 
siibject,  in  civil  and  criminal  cases, 
to  the  laws  of  the  country  where 
they  reside. 

Section  III. ,  p.  58. 

From  the  first  part  of  this  clause 
has  originated  the  practice  of  the 
President  to  send  a  written  message 
concerning  public  affairs  to  Con- 
gress annually,  and  special  mes- 
sages at  other  times.  The  first  two 
Presidents,  Washington  and  Ad- 
ams, used  to  meet  both  Houses  of 
Congress  in  person  and  deliver  ad- 
dresses to  them  concerning  national 
affairs.  This  practice  was  discon- 
tinued by  Jefferson  upon  tlie  oc- 
casion of  his  first  annual  message, 
and  written  messages  have  taken 
the  place  of  such  speeches. 

Consuls  are  not  mentioned  in  this 
clause  by  name,  but  they  have  been 


considered  as  included.  Foreign 
ministers  must  present  their  creden- 
tials to  the  President,  which  must 
receive  his  allowance  or  exequatur, 
as  it  is  called,  before  they  can  per- 
form any  official  act. 

Section  IV. ,  p.  60. 
See  Appendix,  Table  C,  p.  86. 
See  Art.  I.— Sec.  II. —CI.  5,  p.  30. 
See  Art.  I.— Sec.  III.— CI.  6,  p.  34. 

The  persons  chiefly  meant  be- 
sides President  and  Vice-President, 
are  Heads  of  Departments,  Judges 
of  the  Supreme  Court,  Marshals, 
Collectors,  District  Attorneys,  etc. 

Members  of  the  Senate  and  House 
of  Representatives  are  not  liable  to 
impeachment,  as  they  hold  their 
appointment  under  the  State  or 
from  the  people  they  represent,  and 
not  from  the  national  government. 

The  President,  in  all  cases  where 
his  official  authority  and  duty  are 
not  brought  in  question,  is  merely  a 
private  citizen,  subject  to  the  usual 
duties  and  obligations  of  a  citizen. 
If  his  testimony  is  necessary  in  any 
case,  he  may  be  subpoenaed  into 
court  and  examined  as  a  witness, 
and  may  be  required  to  produce 
papers  just  as  any  other  citizen, 
unless  the  papers  relate  to  State 
affairs  which  should  not  be  dis- 
closed. 

Article  III. — Section  I.,  p.  60. 

A  Supreme  Court  is  essential  to 
insure  uniformity  in  the  interpreta- 
tion of  the  laws. 

Prior  to  the  adoption  of  the  Con- 
stitution, the  people  of  the  United  ' 
States  had  no  national  tribunal  to 
which  they  could  resort  for  jiistiee. 
The  administration  of  justice  was 
confined   to   the   State   Courts,   in 


74 


CONSTITUTION   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES. 


NOTES. 


which  the  people   of   other  States 
had  110  participation. 

See  Art.  II.— Sec.  II.— CI.  2,  p.  58. 

.  Section  II. — Clause  1,  p.  60. 

Shortly  after  the  adoption  of  the 
Constitution,  there  was  much  dis- 
cussion wliether  this  clause  includ- 
ed suits  by  an  individual  against  a 
State  as  well  as  suits  by  a  State 
against  an  individual.  The  Su- 
preme Court  decided  that  both 
cla.sses  of  suits  were  equally  in- 
cluded within  the  language  of  the 
Constitution. 

The  States  were  dissatisfied  with 
this  construction  ;  they  were  un- 
willing to  be  subjected  to  lawsuits 
by  the  citizens  oi"  other  States, 
deeming  it  an  attribute  of  their 
sovereignty  that  they  could  not  be 
sued  without  their  consent.  Ac- 
cordingly an  amendment  to  the 
Constitution  in  this  respect  was  pro- 
posed by  the  Third  Congress  to  the 
Legislatures  of  the  States,  and  on 
the  8th  of  January,  1798,  President 
Adams  communicated  to  Congress, 
by  message,  that  the  amendment 
had  been  adopted  by  three -fourths 
of  the  States,  and  it  then  became  a 
part  of  the  Constitution,  forming 
the  Eleventh  Amendment,  which 
see,  p.  80. 

Clause  2,  p.  62. 

By  the  original  jurisdiction  of  a 
court  is  meant  that  jurisdiction 
which  is  conferred  upon  a  court  ia 
the  first  instance  ;  appellate  juris- 
diction is  exercised  by  a  court  to 
which  an  appeal  is  taken  from  the 
judgment  of  another  court. 

Jurisdiction  is  also  concurrent  or 
exclusive.  It  is  concurrent  when 
it  may  be  exercised  by  either  one 
of  two  or  more  courts  ;  it  is  exclus- 


ive when  it  may  be  exercised  by 
only  one  court. 

Clause  3,  p.  62. 

The  object  of  this  provision  is  to 
prevent  the  accused  from  being 
subjected  to  unnecessary  expense 
and  difficulty  in  procuring  testi- 
mony, and  to  secure  to  him  the  ad- 
vantage of  being  tried  where  the 
facts  are  most  likely  to  be  known. 

Impeachments  are  tried  by  the 
Senate. 

Section  III. — Clause  1,  p.  62. 

An  act  of  Congress,  passed  in  1790, 
declares  that  the  punishment  of 
treason  shall  be  death  by  hanging, 
without  corruption  of  blood  or  for- 
feiture of  estate.  A  knowledge  and 
concealment  of  treason,  without  as- 
senting to  it,  is  termed  misprision 
of  treason. 

An  attainder  of  treason  is  a  con- 
viction of  the  crime  of  treason. 

One  whose  blood  is  corrupted 
cannot  inherit  property  from  others 
nor  transmit  an  inheritance  to  his 
children  ;  his  blood  ceases  to  have 
any  inheritable  qualities. 

.  Article  IV. — Section  I.,  p.  64. 

Congress,  in  pursuance  of  the 
power  here  given  to  pass  general 
laws  on  the  subject,  by  an  act  of 
May  26,  1790,  provided  a  mode  by 
which  records  and  judicial  pro- 
ceedings should  be  authenticated  ; 
namely,  by  tlie  attestation  of  tlie 
clerk  and  the  seal  of  the  court  an- 
nexed, together  with  a  certificate 
of  the  judge,  chief-justice  or  pre- 
siding magistrate,  that  the  attesta- 
tion is  in  due  form. 

The  consequences  of  not  having 
some  provision  of  this  sort,  would 
be  that  when  a  legal  decision  had 
been  made  in  one  State,  it  might  be 


CONSTITUTIOX  OF  THE    UNITED   STATES. 


75 


NOTES. 


necessary  to  repeat  the  same  in 
every  State  to  which  tlie  parties 
might  go. 

Section  II. — Clause  1,  p.  64. 

This  clause  prevents  the  States 
from,  giving  unjust  preference  to 
their  own  citizens. 

In  a  Union  composed  of  many 
States,  great  difficulties  would  arise 
if  the  citizens  of  one  State  were 
treated  as  aliens  in  all  the  other 
States.  Intercourse  and  traffic  be- 
tween the  several  States  would  be 
seriously  embarrassed. 

Section  III. — Clause  1,  p.  64. 

When  any  of  the  territories  of 
the  United  States  become  suffici- 
ently populous  to  elect  a  Represen- 
tative in  Congress,  they  are- erected 
into  States  and  admitted  into  the 
Uniou  on  all  equal  footing  with  the 
original  States.  Congress  not  only 
has  admitted  new  States  into  the 
Union  by  virtue  of  this  clause,  but 
it  has  exercised  the  right  to  acquire 
additional  territory  by  purchase, 
cession  or  grant. 

Article  V. ,  p.  66. 

In  his  Farewell  Address.  George 
Washington  declared  that  "  the 
basis  of  our  political  systems  is  the 
right  of  the  people  to  make  and  to 
alter  their  Constitutions  of  govern- 
ment. But  the  Constitution  which 
at  any  time  exists,  till  changed  by 
an  explicit  and  authentic  act  of  the 
whole  people,  is  sacredly  obligatory 
upon  all." 


The  approval  of  the  President 
has  not  been  considered  necessary 
to  amendments  to  the  Constitution. 

No  amendment,  made  prior  to 
1808,  could  affect  the  first  and 
fourth  clauses  in  the  Ninth  Section 
of  Article  I.  The  first  of  these 
clauses  relates  to  the  importation 
of  slaves,  the  other  relates  to  the 
apportionment  of  taxes. 

No  State,  without  its  consent, 
shall  be  deprived  of  its  equal  suf- 
frage in  the  Senate. 

AuTiCLE  VI. — Clause  1,  p.  68. 

States  are  not  discharged  from 
their  obligations  by  a  change  in 
their  form  of  government. 

Clause  3,  p.  68. 

Only  those  laws  passed  by  Con- 
gress in  pursuance  of  the  Constitu- 
tion become  the  Supreme  Law  of 
the  land.  An  act  of  Congress  con- 
trary to  the  Constitution  is  no  part 
of  the  Supreme  Law,  and  it  is  the 
right  of  the  Judiciary  to  declare  it 
void. 

Article  VII. ,  p.  68. 

Had  the  Constitution  been  rati- 
fied by  no  more  than  nine  States, 
those  nine  States  woiald  have  com- 
posed the  Union.  The  remaining 
States  would  have  been  foreign 
powers. 

Rhode  Island  appointed  no  dele- 
gate to  the  Constitutional  Conven- 
tion. 


AMENDEMENTS 


AMEITDMENTS 


1    LA    CONSTITUTION    DES    I^TATS-UNIS,    RATIFlilS   SUIVANT    "^^  "^^^  CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED 
LES   DISPOSITIONS   DE   L-AETICLE  CINQ   DE   LA  CONSTITU-         STATES,    RATIFIED    ACCORDING   TO 
TION  CI-DESSUS.  THE  PROVISIONS  OF  THE  FIFTH  AR- 
TICLE OF  THE  FOREGOING   CONSTI- 
TUTION. 


Article  I. — Le  Congres  ne  fera  ancnne  loi  con- 
cernant  I'etablissement  d'une  religion,  on  en  in- 
terdisant  le  libre  exereice ;  on  restreignant  la 
iiberte  de  la  parole,  on  de  la  presse ;  on  le  droit 
dn  peuple  de  s'assernbler  paisibleraent,  et  d'adres- 
ser  des  petitions  an  gouvernement,  pour  le  redres- 
seinent  de  ses  griefs. 

Article  II. — Une  mil  ice  bien  ordonnee  etant 
necessaire  a  la  secarite  d'un  Etat  libre,  il  ne  sera 
poirst  einpiete  snr  le  droit  du  penple  de  garder  et 
de  porter  des  arnies. 

Article  III. — Nul  soldat  ne  pourra  etre,  en 
teujps  de  paix,  loge  dans  une  inaison  sans  le  con- 
senteinent  du  proprietaire ;  ni  en  temps  de  guerre, 
sanf  de  la  maniere  qui  sera  prescrite  par  une  loi. 

Article  IV. — Le  droit  du  peuple  d'etre  a 
I'abri,  dans  sa  personne,  sa  maison,  ses  papiers  et 
ses  effets,  de  perquisitions  et  de  saisies  deraison- 
nables,  ne  devra  pas  etre  viole,  et  nul  inandat 
d'arret  ne  sera  lanc<i,  sauf  pour  une  cause  plau- 
sible, appuyee  par  serment  ou  affirmation,  et  de- 


Article  I. — Congress  shall  make' 
no  law  respecting  an  establisliment 
of  religion,  or  prohibiting  the  free 
exercise  thereof  ;  or  abridging  the 
freedom  of  speech,  or  of  the  press ; 
or  the  right  of  the  people  peaceably 
to  assemble,  and  to  petition  the 
government  for  redress  of  griev- 
ances. 

Article  II. — A  well-regulated 
militia,  being  necessary  to  the  se- 
curity of  a  free  State,  the  right  of 
the  people  to  keep  and  bear  arms 
shall  not  be  infringed. 

Article  III. — No  soldiers  shall, 
in  time  of  peace,  be  quartered  in 
any  house,  without  the  consent  of 
the  owner,  nor  in  time  of  war.  but 
in  a  manner  to  be  prescribed  by 
law. 

Article  IV. — The  right  of  the 
people  to  be  secure  in  their  person.*, 
houses,  papers  and  effects,  against 
unreasonable  searches  and  seizures, 
shall  not  be  violated,  and  no  war- 
rants shall  issue,  but  upon  probable 
cause,  supported  by  oath  or  affirm- 


ZUSATZE 


ZUU  VERPASSTJNG  DER  VBREINIGTEX  STAATEN.  ANGENOMMEN 
UND  BESTAtIGT  m  XTbEREINSTIMMUNG  MIT  DEM  FtJNFTEN 
ARTIKEL  DIESER  CONSTITUTION. 


Artikel  I. — Der  Congress  soil  keine  Gesetze 
ei'lassen,  welclie  irgend  eine  Keligion  und  deren 
f  reie  Aiisiibung  betreffen  ;  oder  welclie  die  Rede- 
t'reiheit  mid  die  Presse  einschrankeii ;  oder  welclie 
das  Yersaimnlnngsrecht  so  wie  die  freie  Aiis- 
iibung des  Reclites  zu  Petitionen  an  die  Regier- 
iing  znr  Abliiilfe  von  Missstanden  verliindern. 

Artikel  II. — Ba  eine  gut  disciplinierte  Miliz 
zur  Siclierheit  eines  freien  Staates  notwendig  ist, 
so  soil  das  Recht  des  Volkes,  Waffen  zu  tragen, 
niclit  beeintriielitigt  werden. 

Artikel  III. — Kein  Soldat  soil  in  Friedenszei- 
ten  in  einem  Hause  olme  die  Zustimmung  des 
Eigentiimers  eifiquartiert  werden  und  in  Kriegs- 
zeiten  nur  in  einer  vom  Gesetz  vorgescliriebenen 
Weise. 

Artikel  IV. — Das  Recht  der  Biirger,  in  ihrer 
Person,  ilirem  Hause,  oder  sonstigem  Eigentum 
gegen  ungereclitfertigte  Durchsucliungen  und  Be- 
sclilagnalimen  gesicliert  zu  sein,  soil  niclit  ange- 
tastet  werden  und  ein  Verhaftsbefelil  kann  nur 
ei'lassen  werden  in  Folge  guter  Griinde,  welclie 


NOTES. 

The  first  Congress  passed  a  re- 
solution on  September  25,  1789, 
two-thirds  of  both  houses  concur- 
ring, to  propose  twelve  articles  to 
the  Legislatures  of  the  States  as 
Amendments  to  the  Constitution. 
Ten  of  those  articles,  having  been 
finally  ratified  by  the  Legislatures 
of  three-fourths  of  the  States,  be- 
came amendments  of  the  Consti- 
tution of  the  United  States,  on 
December  15th,  1791. 
Article  I. 

This  amendment  does  not  confer 
the  right  to  speak  or  publish  mali- 
cious matter.  Such  publications 
are  punishable  by  law. 

Petitions  and  memorials  may  be 
addressed  to  the  Senate   or  House 
of  Representatives  by  any  person  or 
any  number  of  persons. 
Article  II. 

Usurpers  have  commonly  over- 
thrown the  liberties  of  a  country 
by  disarming  the  people  and  main- 
taining an  armed  soldiery. 
Article  IV. 

The  privilege  of  a  man's  house 
extends  only  to  him  and  his  family, 
and  to  his  own  proper  goods,  or  to 
those  which  are  there  lawfully. 


AMENDMENTS. 


FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 


crivant  en  detail  le  lieu  a  fouiller,  et  les  personnes  ation,  and  particularly  describing 

on  Cboses  a  saisir.  *''*^  P^^''^  *«  ^^  searched,  and  the 

persons  or  things  to  be  seized. 

Article    V. — Nul   ne    sera    tenu    responsable  Article  v.— No  person  shall  be 

pom-  nn  crime  capital  on  infamant,  si  ce  ii'est  sur  ^^^^^  *"  answer  lor  a  capital  or 

,           .                              ^.                  ,               f         T,                    1  otherwise   infamous  crime,    unless 

la  iiiise  eti  accusation  on  le  verdict  d  nn  ffrand  .       .       •  j-  .       *    ^ 

o  on  a  presentment  or  indictment  ot 

jnrv,  exceptc  dans  les  cas  snrvenant  parnu  les  agrand  jury,  except  in  cases  arising 

forces  de  terre  on  de   nier,   on  dans  la  niilice,  in  the  land  or  naval  forces,  or  in 

qnand  elle  est  en  service  actif  en  temps  de  guerre  ^^'^  ^^^^tia,  when  in  actual  service 

"      ,      ,                     ,  , .           ,1                          .    ,                1  in  time  of  war  and  public  danger ; 

et  de  dano;er  public  ;  et  nul  ne  sera  suiet,  pour  la  ,  „                     ,        u-    , 

»        1               '                                           J      '  r  nor    shall    any    person    be    subject 

meme  offense,  a  etre  mis  deux  fois  en  peril  d'exis-  for  the  same  offence  to  be  twice 

tence  on  de  mutilation;   nul  ne  sera  force,  dans  put  iu  jeopardy  of  life  or  limb; 

quelque  cause  criminelle  que  ce  soit,  de-temoigner  °°''  ^^^^^  ^'^  compelled  in  any  cnm- 

1    .       A              .                           . ,             •     '   1              •  inal  case  to  be    a   witness  against 

contre  lui-meme,  HI  ne  pourra  etre  prive  de  sa  Vie,  ,.      ...         i.    ,    j      •    j   Z^t^ 

'               '                          '^                               '  himselr,  nor  to  be  deprived  of  life, 

de  sa  liberte,  on  de  ses  biens,  sans  procedure  legale  liberty,  or  property,  without  due 

reguliere  ;  etnulle  propriete  particulieie  ne  pourra  process  of  law;  nor  shall  private 

etre  prise  pour  cause  d'utilite  publique,  sans  juste  property  be  taken  for  public  use, 

,•  without  iust  compensation. 

compensation.  ""            ^ 

Article  VI. — Dans   toutes   les   poursuites  an  Article  VI.— In    all   criminal 

criminel,  I'accuse  aui-a  droit  a  nn  jugement  prompt  prosecutions,  the  accused  shall  en- 

et  public,  rendu  par  nn  jury  impartial  de  I'fitat  joj  the  right  to  a  speedy  and  public 

,,.,..,,          .                      ,/                .1           1  trial,   by  an  impartial  jury  of  the 

on  du  district  ou  le  crime  aura  cte  cominis,  iequel  ^^  .       a  a-  ,  ■  *.    i      •   *i 

'       i  state  and  district  wherein  the  crime 

district  aura  etc  prcalablement  determine  par  nne  shall  have  been  committed,  which 

loi ;  et  a  etre  informc  de  la  nature  et  du  motif  de  district  shall  have  been  previously 

I'accusation  ;  a  etre  confronte  avec  les  temoins  a  ascertained  by  law,  and  to  be  in- 

,                  ,                   •       '    ^       r                                 1    •       1  formed  of  the  nature  and  cause  of 

cliaro;e :  a  recourir  a  la  force  pour  produire  les  ^,              ^.        ^    ,          ^     .  a 

"     '                                                        '            '  the  accusation ;  to  be  controiued 

temoins  a  dechai-ge ;  et  a  etre  assiste  d'un  de-  with  the  witnesses  against  iiim ;  to 

f  enseur.  have  compulsory  process  for  obtain- 
ing witnesses  in  his  favor,  and  to 
have  the  assistance  of  counsel  for 
his  defence. 

Article  VII. — Dans  les  proces  de  droit  com-  article  VII.— In  suits  at  com- 
mun,  quand  la  valeur  en  litige  excedera  vingt  mon  law,  where  the  value  in  con- 
dollars,  le  droit  au  jugement  par  jury  sera  con-  troversy  shall  exceed  twenty  dol- 

„   ,      .  ^    ,                      .        '  lars,  the  right  of  trial  bv  jury  shall 

serve,  et  aucun  fait  juge  par  un  jury  ne  pourra  ^^  ^,,,,,^;^^  ,,,rt  „„  f,et  tried  by 

etre   autreraent  examine  a  nouveau  par  aucune  a  jury  shall  be  otherwise  re-exam- 

cour   des   Etats-Unis,   que   d'apres   les   regies  du  ined  in  any  court  of  the  United 
droit  cornmun. 


AME^sDMENTS.  TO 

GERMAN.                                                   .  NOTES. 

dnrcli  Eid  bestiitigt  sein  iniissen  mid  welche  den 
Ort  so  wie  die  betreffendeu  Persouen  oder  Saclien 
genau  kennzeiclinen. 

Artikel    V.  —  Niemand     soil     vvegen     eines  Article  V. 

Capital-  oder   getneinen  Verbrechens   verurteilt  ^  presentment  or  indictment  of 

J  •i-ji-r>ii  •  /^a  ffrand  iury  is  necessary  before  a 

werden,  wenn  iiiciit  diirch  iJesclihiss  eines  hre-  °             /,,-,. 

person  can  be  held  to  answer  tor  a 

schworenengerichtes,    ansgeriomnien    in    Fallen,  capital  or  otherwise  infamous  crime. 

welche    die    Land-   nnd    Seeniacllt   oder  die  Miliz  Cases  arising  in  the  land  or  naval 

in    Kriegszeiten    beti-efFen ;    audi    soil   Kieniand  forces  are  exempt  from  this  mode 

1          n         AT          1                    •        1             -\T          i.  ot  proceedinff.     They  are  tried  by 

weo-en  desselben  Verireliens  zweimal  znr  Verant-  ^  ^           .  , 

^                                        ^  Courts-martial. 

wortung  gezogen  werden  kunnen  ;  anch  soil  Nie-  ^  g^a^d  jury  is  a  body  of  from 

mand  in  eineni  Criminalfalle  gezwungen  werden,  twelve  to  twenty-four  men  chosen 

gegen  sich  selbst  ausznsagen ;  audi  nidit  seines  at  every  term  of  a  court  having 

T    I,             XT"*         i                J              •            T?      •!     '1.       1  criminal  iurisdiction.     In  the  State 

Lebens,    Eio^entuins   oder    seiner   i^reilieit   oiine  •■                      ,    ,       , 

iTini                   1  courts   they    are    selected    by   the 

den  iibhdien  Reditsgang  beraiibt  werden ;  audi  ^^^^^-^ .  j„  ^he  Federal  courts,  by 

soil    kein  Privateigentum    ohne  passende   Ent-  the  marshal.    Their  duty  is  to  in- 

sdliidigung   flir  offentlidie  Zwecke  in   BesitZ   ge-  q^ire   into   all    crimes     committed 

nomtnen  werden.  ^**^''"  *^^  jurisdiction  of  the  court 

^                   r^c   .      .      If.  11             n    1  in  which  they  are  attending. 

Artikel  YL— In  alien  Critnmalfallen  soil  der  ^he  sittings  of  the  grand  jury  are 

Angeklagte  das  Recllt  ZU  einem  scllleunigen   nnd  private.     They  examine  imder  oath 

offentliclien  Yerfahren  liaben,  vor  einer  unpartei-  the  party  making  the  charge  and 

isclien  Jury  in  dein  Staate  und  der  Provinz  in  ^"^  witnesses.    They  do  not  hear 

,   ,            1        -tr     1         1           1                                 1          •  anv  witness  in  defence.     If  twelve 

weldien  das  Yerbredien  begangen  woiden    ist ;  of  "the  jurors  believe  that  there  is 

dieser  District  soil  vorber  durch  Gesetz  festge-  sufficient  evidence  of  guilt,  the  ac- 

stellt  und  der  Angeklagte  iiber  das  Wesen  mid  cused  is  put  on  trial  in  court  before 

dielTrsache  der  Anklage  aufgeklart  werden  ;  er  a  petit  jury  of  twelve  men. 

soil  mit  den  Zeugen  gegen  ilin  confrontiert  wer-  Article  VI. 

den,  es  soil  ihni  die  Besdiaffung  von  Zeugen  zu  The  impartiality  of  the  jury  is 

seinen  Gunsten  gewahrt  werden  und  er  soil  den  ^'-"'^^'^^  «««"^^^  ^^  ''  "S^^*  ^^^<^^ 

-r>   .  .       t     .          A   ^           ,                    .         -TT     <    •  T  the  prisoner  has,  by  law,  to  chal- 

iieistand  eines  Ad vocaten  zu  seiner  Verteidio;nng  ,  i  •„  *  +„  o.,„i,  ,• =,  „= 

=>      =5  lenge  or  object  to  such  jurors  as 

liaben.  have    formed    and    expressed   an 

Artikel  YII. — In  genieinen  Reclitsfallen,  in  opinion   about   ins  guilt,  or  are 

wdchen  das  Streitobject  den  Wert  von  zwanzig  f^j^"^'^^  disqualified  to  sit  as 
Dollar  iibersteigt.  soil  das  Peclit  des  Scbwurge- 
ricbts  erlialteu  werden  ;  und  kein  Fall,  der  durdi 
Juiy  entschieden  ist,  soil  von  irgend  einem  Ge- 
riclitsbofe  der  Yereinigten  Staaten  in  anderer 
Weise  verbandelt   werden,   als  in   "Cbereinstim- 


jurcrs. 


80  AMENDMENTS. 


FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 


States  than  according  to  the  rules 
of  the  common  law. 


Article  VIII. — II  ne  sera  point  reqnis  de  can-  Article  Vlii. —Excessive  bail 

tiou  excessive,  ni  impose  d'amendes  excessives,  ni  ^^*^^  "^*'  be  required,  nor  excessive 

.    n-     '    ^       1  '^^'          ^             1       ^  •        '^  '  fines  imposed,  nor  cruel  and  unu- 

innige  de  chatiments  cruels  et  inusites.  ,        .  ,        ,   •  a-  ^  a 

o  sual  punishments  inflicted. 

Article  IX. — L'ennmeration  de  certains  droits  Article  IX.— The  enumeration 

dans  la  presente  Constitution,  ne  ponrra  pas  etre  in  the  Constitution  of  certain  rights, 

^    ,                                     '      ,  •                         1  •     •  shall  not  be  construed  to  deny  or 

interpretee  comnie  une  negation  on  une  dnninu-  ^.^^^^^^^  ^,,^^,.3  ^^^^.^^^  ^^  ^^^ 

tion  d'autres  droits  retenus  par  le  peuple.  people. 

Article  X. — Les  pouvoirs  non  delegues  aux  article   X.— The  powers  not 

Etats-Unis   par  la  Constitution,  ni  enleves  par  delegated  to  the  United  states  by 

elle  aux  Etats,  sont  reserves  aux  divers  Etats,  ou  "^^  Constitution,  nor  prohibited  by 

,  it  to  the  States,  are  reserved  to  the 

an  peupJe.  3^,^^^^  respectively,  or  to  the  peo- 
ple. 

Article  XI. — Le  pouvoir  judiciaire  des  Etats-  Article  XL— The  judicial  pow- 

Unis  ne  sera  pas  interprete  comme  s'etendant  a  ^^  °^  *^*®  United  States  shall  not 

X             T      ••                 I       •.  >                        >  be  construed  to  extend  to  any  suit 

ancun  proces  en  droit  ou  en  equite,  commence  ou  .     ,                 .,                     , 

^                                       ^          -^  m  law  or   equity,    commenced  or 

poursuivi  contre  un  des  Etats-Unis  par  des  cito}^-  prosecuted  against  one  of  the  Uni- 

ens  d'un  autre  Etat,  ou  par  des  citojens  ou  SUJetS  ted   states  by  citizens  of  another 

d'un  etat  etrano'er.  state,  or  by  citizens  or  subjects  of 

any  foreign  state. 

Article  XII. —  Yoyez page  52.  Article  XII.— See  page  52. 

Article    XIII. — Section  1.    N"i    esclavage,    ni  Article  Xlll.— Section  1.  Nei- 

servitnde   involontaire,    sauf    comme   cliatimeut  ^^'^^  ^^^^^'"^  "•"•  involuntary  ser- 

.,               .             ,           ,                                           /    X     lA  vitude,  except  as  a  punishment  for 

d'un   crime,  dont  la  personne  aura  ete  duinent  ,,.5^^^  ^j^^^eof  the  person  shall 

convaincue,  n'existera  dans  les  limites  des  Etats-  have  been   duly  convicted,  shall 

Unis,  ni  dans  aucun  lieu  sujet  a  leur  juridiction.  exist  within  the  United  states,  or 

any  place  subject  to  their  jurisdic- 
tion. 

Section  2.  Le  Congres  aura  le  pouvoir  d'assurer  section  2.    Congress  shall  have 

I'execution  de  cet  article  par  une  legislation  a  cet  power  to  enforce  this  article  by  ap- 

ggg(;_  propriate  legislation. 

Article  XIV. — Section  1.  Toutes  les  personnes  Article  XIY.— Section  1.   All 

noes  ou  natural isees  anx  Etats-Unis,  et  sujettes  a  persons  born  or  naturalized  in  the 

leur  iuridiction,  sont  citoyens  des  Etats-IJnis  et  ^'"^^'^  ^^^t*^^-  ^"'^  ^"''J«"*  ^°  "'^ 

,     -..-fy                            ,.-              .              -A  jurisdiction  thereof,  are  citizens  of 

de  1  Etat  o^  elles  resident.   Aucun  Etat  ne  pourra  ^^^  United  states  and  of  the  state 

fairc  ni  appliquer  de  loi  restreignant  les  privi-  wherein  they    reside.     No  State 


AMENDMENTS. 


81 


GERMAN. 

ninng  mit  den  Vorschriften  des  geineinen  Rech- 
tes. 

Aktikel  VIII. — Ubermassige  Biirgschaft  soil 
iiicht  verlangt  werden  ;  audi  keine  iiberniassigen 
Stiafen  erkannt,  so  vvie  keine  grausamen  nnd  un- 
gewuluilichen  Bestrafnngen  verliaiigt  werdei). 

Artikel  IX. — -Die  Erwalmung  gevvisser  Recli- 
te  in  dieser  Constitution  soil  niclit  ausgelegt  wer- 
den konnen,  um  andere  Keclite  der  Burger  zu 
beeintraclitigen. 

Artikel  X. — Die  Vollmacliten  welche  durch 
die  Constitution  den  Vereinigteu  Staaten  nicht 
zuerkannt  und  den  einzelnon  Staaten  nielit  ver- 
weigert  werden,  sollen  den  betreffenden  Staaten, 
so  wie  den  Biij-gern  resei'vieil  bleiben. 

Artikel  XI. — Die  Gericlitsbarkeit  der  Ver- 
eiuigten  Staaten  soil  sicli  nicht  auf  irgend  einen 
Process  ei'strecken,  welcher  gegen  einen  der  Staa- 
ten von  Biirgern  eines  anderen  Staates,  oder  von 
Biirwern  oder  Untertlianen  eines  fremden  Staates 
anoestrengt  worden  ist. 

Artikel  XII. — Siehe  Seite  52. 

Artikel  XIIT. — Section  1.  In  den  Yereinigten 
Staaten  oder  an  irgend  einem  Orte,  welclier  un- 
ter  deren  Gericlitsl»arkeit  steht,  soil  Sclaverei 
oder  gezwuugener  Dienst  niclit  bestehen,  ausge- 
nominen  als  Strafe  fiir  Verbrechen,  wegen  deren 
der  Betreffende  reclitmassig  verurteilt  worden 
ist. 

Section  2.  Der  Congress  soil  die  Befugniss  ha- 
ben,  diesen  Artikel  durch  angetnessene  Gesetz- 
gebung  zu  erzwingen. 

Artikel  XIV. — Section  1.  Alle  Personen,  wel- 
che in  den  Vereinigten  Staaten  geboren  oder  dort 
naturalisiert  sind,  sind  Biirger  der  Vereinigten 
Staaten  und  des  Staates  in  welclieni  sie  wohnen. 
Kein  Staat  soil  Gesetze  erlassen  und  erzwinojen, 


notes. 


AUTICLE  VIII. 


This  article  is  an  exact  copy  of  a 
clause  ill  the  Bill  of  Rights,  adopted 
in  England  during  the  Revolution 
of  1688. 


Article  XL 

This  amendment  was  proposed 
at  the  first  session  of  the  third  Con- 
gress, March  5th,  1794,  and  was 
declared,  in  a  message  from  tlie 
President  of  the  United  States  to 
both  Houses  of  Congress,  dated 
January  8th,  1798,  to  have  been 
adopted  by  the  constitutional  num- 
ber of  States.  It  then  became  a 
part  of  the  Constitution. 

Article  XIII. 

This  amendment  was  ratified 
December  18th,  1865,  which  is  the 
date  of  the  entire  abolition  of  Sla- 
very throughout  the  United  States. 


Article  XIV. 

This  amendment  became  a  part 
of  the  Constitution,  July  21st,  1868. 


82  AMENDMENTS. 

FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 

leo-es  ou  iinmiinites  de  citoyens  des  fitats-Unis;  shall  make  or  enforce  any  law 
et°aacuii  Etat  ne  pourra  priver  qui  que  ce  soit  which  shall  abridge  the  privileges 

'^         ,^  i^r   immunities  oc    citizens   or   the 

de   sa  vie,  de  sa   llberte    ou   de    ses  biens,  sans   la    UnitedStat.es;  nor  shall  any  State 

juste  intervention  de  la  procedure  legale,  ni  re-  deprive  any  person  of  life,  liberty, 
fuser  a  qui  que  ce  soit,  dans  les  liniites  de  sa  or  property,  without  due  process  of 
iuridiction,  regale  protection  des  lois.  ^^^.'  ''''^''}y  ^«^  ^"^  P^"^^  ^^^^hin 

J  ^        ^         ^  its  jurisdiction  the  equal  protection 

of  the  laws. 

Section    2.     II   sera   nomme    des    RepresentantS        Section  2.    Representatives  shall 

parmi  les  divers  Etats,  d'apres  le  nouibre  de  leurs  ^^  appointed  among   the  several 

r,.  .-  ,       ^  ^  ii.i.1    States  according  to  their  respective 

habitants  respectiis,  en  comptant  le  noinbre  total         .  f.     ^,      ,   ,^ 

r  '  i,  ,     ,  .  numbers,  counting  the  whole  num- 

des  personnes  dans  chaque  Etat,  a  Texclusion  des  bar  of  persons  in  each  state  exciud- 

Indiens  non  imposes.     Mais  lorsque  le  droit  de  ing  Indians  not  taxed.    But  when 

voter    a  une  election  quelconque  pour   le   choix  the  right  to  vote  at  any  election  for 

-f-„  1      -r-.    /   •  1       i      .^  J      -ir-       -o    '   •  1       L  the  choice  of  Electors  for  President 

des  l^lecteurs  du  President  et  du  Vice-President  ,,^  vi,,.p,,,ident  of  the  United 

des  EtatS-Unis,  des  RepresentantS  auCongres,des    states,  Representatives  in  Congress, 

fonctionnaires  executifs  ou  judiciaires  d'un  Etat,  the  executive  or  judicial  officers  of  a 
ou  des  membres  de  la  Legislature  d^in  Etat,  sera  state,  or  the  members  of  the  Legis- 

,,,.,.  ^,  1  ^    -A,    ,      A     <      lature  thereof,  is  denied  to  any  of 

refuse  a  des  habitants  males  de  cet  Etat,  ages  the  male  inhabitants  of  such  state, 

de  vingt-et-nn  ans  et  citoyens  des  EtatS-Unis,  ou  y,eing  twenty-one  years  of  age  and 
restreint  pour  une  raison  quelconque  excepte  pour  citizens  of  the  United  States,  or  in 
participation  a  une  rebellion  ou  a  un  autre  crime,  ^ny  way  abridged  except  for  parti- 

'  ,  -TIT     -f^i.   i  cipation  in  rebellion  or  other  crime, 

la  base  de  la  representation  dans  le  dit  Etat  sera  ^^^^  ^^^.^  ^^  representation  therein 

reduite  en  proportion  du  rapport  entre  le  nombre  shall  be  reduced  in  the  proportion 

des  dits  citoyens  males  et  le  nombre  total  des  which  the  number  of  such  male 

citoyens  males  ages  de  vingt-et-un  ans  dans  le  dit  ^'i"^^"^  ^^^^^  ^^^'  *«  t^»^  ^^^^"^^ 

^     *'  number  of  male  citizens  twenty-one 

^^^'^'  years  of  age  in  such  State. 


Section  3.  Nul  ne  pourra  etre  Senateur  ou  Re-  Sectmi  3.  No  person  shall  be  a 

presentant  au  Congres,  ou  filecteur  pour  le  Presi-  Senator  or  Representative  in  Con- 
dent   ou  le  Vice-President,  ni    OCCUper  un  emploi  g'''^^^'   ^'^  Elector   of   President   or 
.                      .^^     •                    ii             •    '   J  Vice-President,  or   hold  anv  office, 

quelconque,  civil  ou  militaire,  sous  1  autorite  des  ^.^.^  ^^  military,  under  theUnite.l 

£tats-Unis,    ou    d'un    Etat    quelconque,    si,    apres  states,    or   under  any    state,  who. 

avoir  prete  serment  comme  membre  du  Congres,  having  previously  taken  an  oath  as 

oucoinmefonctionnaire  des  EtatS-Unis,  oucomme  *  "^''"'^^^  «*  Congress,  or  as  an 

-  officer  of  the  United  States,  or  as  a 

inembie  d'une  Legislature  d  Etat,  ou  comme  tone-  ^^^^.^^  ^f  any  state  Legislature, 

tionnaire  exeCUtif  ou  judiciaire  d'uu  Etat,  de  sou-  or  as  an  executive  or  judicial  officer 


AMENDMENTS.  83 

GERMAN.  NOTES. 

welclie  die  Yorrechte  iind  Privilegien  von  Biir- 
gern  der  Yereinigteii  Staaten  verkiirzen ;  aiich 
soil  kein  Staat  Jemanden  an  Leben,  Freiheit  und 
Eigentuni  oline  angemessenes  Gerielitsverfaliren 
strafen ;  audi  Niemandem  innerhalb  seiner  Ge- 
richtsbarkeit  den  Schutz  der  Gesetze  verweisern. 


Section  2.  Abgeordnete  sollen  von  den  ver- 
schiedenen  Staaten  im  Verhaltniss  zu  der  be- 
treffenden  Einwohnerzahl  erwiihlt  werden,  indein 
die  Gesammtzahl  der  Einwohner,  ausscliliesslich 
der  nicht  bestenerten  Indianer,  zu  Grunde  gelegt 
wird.  Aber  weun  das  Ilecht  bei  einer  Wahl  zur 
Ernennung  von  Wahlern  f  iir  President  und  Vice- 
Prasident  der  Yereinigten  Staaten,  Cougressmit- 
glieder,  offentliche  oder  gerichtliche  Beamte  eines 
Staates,  oder  Mitglieder  der  gesetzgebenden  Yer- 
saniinlung,  irgend  welchen  der  mannlichen  Ein- 
wohner solches  Staates.  welcher  einundzwanzig 
Jalir  alt  und  Biirger  der  Yereinigten  Staaten  ist, 
verweigert  oder  in  irgend  einer  Weise  verkiirzt 
wird,  ausgenommen  wegen  Teilnahme  an  Aufruhr 
oder  anderen  Yerbreclien,  so  soil  die  Anzahl  der 
Abgeordneten  in  demselben  Yerlialtnisse,  in  wel- 
chem  die  Zahl  soldier  inannlieher  Einwohner 
zur  ganzen  Zahl  der  im  Alter  von  einundzwanzig 
Jahren  in  deni  betreffenden  Staate  sich  befinden- 
den  stelit,  verringert  werden. 

Section  3.  Nieniand  soil  Senator  oder  Congress- 
mitglied,  oder  Wahhnann  fiir  Prasident  oder 
Yice  Prasident  werden  konnen,  oder  ein  Civil- 
oder  inilitarisdies  Amt  nnter  den  Yereinigten 
Staaten,  oder  einem  einzelnen  Staate  bekleiden 
konnen,  M'elclier,  nadidem  er  den  Eid  als  Con- 
gressmitglied,  Beaniter  der  Yereinigten  Staaten, 
als  Mitglied  einer  Staatslegislatnr,  oder  als  offent- 
lidier  oder  gerichtlicher  Beamter  eines  Staates, 


84  AMENDMENTS. 

FRENCH.  ENGLISH. 

teuir  la  Constitution  des  Etats-Unis,  il  a  pris  part  oi  any  State,  to  support  the  Consti- 

,  M     11-  I.        ^        tutiou  of  the  United  States,  shall 

uune  insurrection  ou_a  une  rebellion  contre  les  ^^^^  ^^^^^^^^  .^^  insurrection  or 

dits  Etats,  on  donne  aide  et  protection   aux   enne-    rebellion  against  the  same,  or  given 
mis  des  ditS  EtatS.      Mais  le    Congres  pourra,  par    aid  or  comfort  to  the  enemies  there- 

nn  vote  des  deux  tiers  de  chaque  clianibre,  ecarter  of.    But  Congress  may,  by  a  vote 

,    ,  of  two-thirds  of  each  house,  remove 

cette  mcapacite.  ^^^^^  disability. 

Section  4.  La  validite  de  la  dette  publique  des  Section  4.    The  validity  of  the 

Etats-Unis,  autorisee   par   la   loi,  y  compris  les  public  debt  of  the  United  States, 

'                           ^               •                   1                •  authorized  by  law,  including  debts 

dettes  contractees  pour  le  paienient  de  pensions  j^^^.^.^^  for  payment  of  pensions 

et  de  primes  d'engagement  pour  services  rendus  and  bounties  for  services  in  sup- 
dans  la  suppression  d'une  insurrection  on  rebellion    pressing  insurrection  or  rebellion, 

contre  les  Etats-Unis,  ne  sera  pas  mise  en  ques-  ^^^^^^ ""'  be  questioned.    But  nei- 

,,    .         .    ,        -^  .         ,  ^  ther  the  United  States  nor  anv  state 

tion.     Mais  ni  les  Etats-Unis  ni  aucun  Etat  ne  ^^^^^^  ^^^^^^^  ^^  ^^^,  ^^^^  ^^^^  ^^. 

pourra  assumer  on  payer  une  dette  ou  obligation  obligation  incurred  in  aid  of  insur- 

quelconque  contractce  pour  venir  en  aide  a  Tin-  rection  or   rebellion   against   the 

surrection  ou  a  la  ri-bellion  contre  les  Etats-Unis,  United  States,  or  any  claim  for  the 

,  .  .  1  .  T'  loss  or  emancipation  of  any  slave; 

ni  reclamer  quoi  que  ce  soit  pour  la  perte  ou  1  e-  ^^^^^  ^^^  ^^^^^  ^^^^^^  obligations,  and 

mancipation  d'un  esclave  quelconque ;  mais  toutes  daims  shall  be  held  illegal  and 
dettes  de  ce  geni-e,  obligations  et  reclamations,  void, 
seront  tenues  pour  illegales,  nulles  et  non  ave- 
nues. 

Section  5.  Le  Congres  aura  le  ponvoir  de  faire      Section  5.  Congress  shall  have 

exocuter,  par  legislation  appropriee,  les  disposi-  P^^^r  to  enforce,  by  appropriate 

^           ,                  .  ,  legislation,  the   provisions  of   this 

tions  du  present  article.  article 

Article  XY. — Section  1.  Le  droit   des  citoy-      Article  XV.— Section  1.    The 
ens  des  fltats-Unis  de  vote,  ne  pourra  etre  refuse  "ghts  of  citizens  of  the  United 

.    ,  1        -fS,    .     TT    •         •  "^4.   <-    States  to  vote  shall  not  be  denied 

ni  restremt  par  les  Etats-Unis,  ni  par  un  Etat         ,  .,     ,  ,    ^,     tt  •*  ^  o*  * 

^  '  '  or  .abridged  bv  the  United  States, 

quelconque,  pour   cause    de   race,  COUleur,  ou  con-    or  by  any  state,  on  account  of  race, 
dition  prealable  de  servitude.  color,  or  previous  condition  of  ser- 

vitude. 

Section  2.  Le  Congres  aura  le  ponvoir  d'assurer      Section  2.    Congress  shall  have 
I'execution  du  present  article  par  une  legislation  v^^er  to  enforce  this  article  by  ap- 

,        .      rr  .  propriate  legislation. 

a  cet  eHeiJ. 


AMENDMENTS. 


85 


GERMAN.  NOTES. 

geleistet  hat,  die  Yerfassung  der  Yereinigten 
Staateu  aufrecht  zu  erhalten,  sicli  an  Aiifnilir 
uud  Rebellion  gegen  dieselben  beteiligt  oder  den 
Feiuden  derselben  Iliilfe  und  Beistand  geleistet 
hat.  Jedoch  kann  der  Congress  durch  das  Yotnm 
von  zwei  Dritteln  jedes  Ilauses  solche  Unfiihig- 
keit  beseitigen. 

Section  4.  Die  Rechtsgiiltigkeit  der  offent- 
lichen  Seliuld  der  Yereinigten  Staaten,  welche 
durch  Gesetz  festgestellt  ist,  einschliesslich  der 
Yerpflichtmigen,  welche  fiir  Zahlnngen  an  Pen- 
sionen  nnd  Pramien  fiir  Dieiiste  in  Unterdrlick- 
iing  von  Aufrulir  und  Rebellion  eingegangen 
sind,  soil  nicht  in  Frage  gestellt  werden.  Aber 
weder  die  Yereinigten  Staaten  noch  ein  einzelner 
Staat  sollen  Schulden  oder  Yei-pflichtungen  an- 
erkennen,  oder  bezalileii,  welclte  zur  Beihiilfe  an 
Aufruhr  und  Rebellion  gegen  die  Yereinigten 
Staaten  oder  fiir  ii-gend  einen  Anspruch  wegen 
Yerlust  oder  Befreiung  eines  Sclaven  eingegan- 
gen sind;  und  sollen  alle  solche  Schulden,  Yer- 
pflichtungen  nnd  Anspriiche  fiir  ungesetzmassig 
und  nichtig  erkliirt  werden. 

Section  5.  Der  Congress  soil  die  Macht  haben, 
durch  angeniessene  Gesetzgebung  die  Ausfiihr- 
ung  dieses  Artikels  zu  erzwingen. 

Artikel  XY. — Section  1.  Das  Stimmrecht  der 
Biiro-er  der  Yereinigten  Staaten  soil  weder  dui-ch 
die  Regierung  der  Yereinigten  Staaten  noch  eines  March  30tli,  1870, 
einzelnen  Staates  verkiirzt,  oder  erschwert  wer- 
den, wegen  Race,  Farbe  oder  fruherer  Knecht- 
schaft. 

Section  2.  Der  Congress  soil  die  Macht  haben, 
die  DurchfCihrung  dieses  Artikels  durch  ange- 
niessene Gesetzgebung  zu  erzwingen. 


Article  XV. 
This    amendment    was    ratified 


APPENDIX. 


Table  A. 

The  rank  of  the  States  in  population,  in  1790,  was  as  follows: 

1.  Virginia.  5.  New  York.  9.  New  Jersey.  18.  Georgia. 

2.  Massachusetts.  6.   Maryland.  10.  New  Hampshire.  14.  Kentucky. 

3.  Pennsylvania.  7.  South  Carolina.  11.  Maine.  15.  Rhode  Island. 

4.  North  Carolina.  8.  Connecticut.  1^.   Vermont.  16.  Delaware. 


In  1880,  the  rank  and  the  apportionment  of  Representatives  were  as  follows : 


New  Yor'-i 84 

Pennsj'lvania 28 

Ohio ai 

Illinois 20 

Missouri 14 

Indiana 13 

Massachusetts ...   13 

Kentucky 11 

M  chigan ...   II 

Iowa 11 


11.  Texas 11 

12.  Tennessee 10 

13.  Georgia 10 

14.  Virginia 10 

1.5.   North  Carolina  .  9 

IH.  Wisconsin 9 

17.  Alabama 8 

18.  Mississippi 7 

19.  New  Jersey  ....  7 

20.  Kansas 7 


21.  South  Carolina  . .  7 

22.  Louisiana 6 

23.  Maryland 6 

34.   California 6 

25.  Arkansas  5 

26.  Minnesota 5 

27.  Mains 4 

28.  Connecticut 4 

29.  West  Virginia. . .  4 

30.  Nebraska 3 


81.  New  Hampshire..  3 

82.  Vermont 3 

33.  Rhode  Island 2 

34.  Florida  3 

85.  Colorado  ...    1 

36.  Oregon 1 

37.  Delaware 1 

38.  Nevada 1 


Table  B. 


Qualifications. 


'  How  long  a  citizen.]        Must  be  an  inhabitant. 


Representative 

Senator  

President ...... 

Vice-Pre.«Ldent 


When  and  where  elected. 
When  and  where  elected. 
14  3'ears  in  United  States. 
1 4  years  in  United  States. 


Table  C. 
List  of  the  Presidents  and  Vice-Presidents. 


Term  of  oflBce. 


1(1. 
M. 
12. 
Kl 

15. 

.16. 

-.17. 

•18. 

•lit. 
20. 
21. 

SZ. 
SA. 


George  Washin<rton. . .  I  Virginia 

John  Adams j  MassachnsettK 

Thomas  Jeffer-on "Virginia 


James  Madison Virginia 

J.imes  Monroe Virginia 

John  Quinc}-  Adams..;  MassachusettK. 

Andrew  Jackson j  Te;me.«see 

M>irtin  Van  Biiren  ....  New  York 

William  H.  H;irrison..|  Ohio  

John  Tyler \  Virginia 

James  K.  Polk   |  Ti-nnepsee  . . . 


Two  terms:  1789-1797. 
One  term;   1797-1801.. 

Two  terms;  1801-1809. 

Two  terms;  1809-1817. 

Two  terms:  1817-1825 
One  term ;  182.5-1829  . . 


Zuch-iry  Tayl'ir 

Millard  Fillmore 

Franklin  Pierce 

James  Unchiinan   

Abraham  Lincoln 

Andrew  .Johnson 

Ulysses  S.  Grant 

Rutherford  B.  Hayes.. 

James  A.  Garfield 

Chester  A.  Arthur 


Grover  Cleveland . . . 
benjamin  .Harrison. 


Louisiana   

New  York 

New  Hampshire, 
I'etnisylvania  ..  . 

I.linois 

Tennessee 

Illinois 

Ohio 

Ohio 

New  York 


New  York  . 
Indiana . . . 


Two  terms ;  1829-1 8: J7 

One  term:  1S.'}7-1841 

One  month:  1841  

3  years  11  months  :  1841-1846. 
One  term:  1845-1849 

1  year  4  months;  1849-1850. . 

2  "years  8  months :  1 850-1853 . 

One  term:   185.3-1857 

One  term  ;   1857-1801 

One  term,  1  month;  1801-1865. 

.3  years  11  months :  1865-1809. 

Two  terms ;  1809-1877 

One  term  :  1877-1881 

0  months  15  days ;  1881 

3  years  5   months    15  days  ; 
1881-1885    

One  term,  1885-1889 


By  whom  vice-Presidents, 

elected. 


Whole  people 
Federalists.. . 

Republicans . . 

Republicans. . 

All  parties  . . 
House  of  Eep 

Democrats  . . . 

Democrats  . .  . 

Whigs 

Whigs 

Democrats  .  . . 

Whigs 

Whigs 

Democrats  . . . 
Democrats  . . . 

Republicans.. 

Republicans. . 

Republicans. . 

Republicans.. 
Republicans . . 

Republicans.. 
Democrats  . , 
Republicans. . 


John  Adams. 
Thomas  Jefferson. 

i  Aaron  Burr. 
George  Clinton, 
j  George  Clinton. 
j  El  bridge  Gerry. 

Daniel  D.  Tompkins. 

John  C,  Calhcitni. 
j  John  C.  Calhoun. 
I  Martin  Van  Buren. 

Richard  M.  Johnson. 

John  Tyler. 

George  M.  Dallas. 
Millard  Fillmore. 

William  R.  King. 

J.  C.  Breckinridge. 
I  Hannibal  Hamlin. 
\  Andrew  Johnson. 

(  Schuyler  Colfax. 
j  Henry  Wilson. 

William  A.  Wheeler. 

Chester  A.  Arthur. 


Thomas  A.  Hendricks, 
Levi  P.  Morton. 


APPENDIX. 


87 


TABLE  D. 

Historical  Table,  of  the  United  States  n7id  Terrilo 
ries,  showi7ig  the  date  of  organization  of  Terri 
tories  and  the  date  of  admission  of  new  /States 
into  the  Union. 


Civil  Divisiuns. 


THIBTERN    OBIGINAL 
STATES. 


New  Hampshire 
Massachusetts  . . 
Rhode  Island  .  . . 

ComiecticiiL 

New  York  

New  Jersey 

PeiiiiRylvaiiia  . . . 

Delr-wure 

Maryland 

Virginia 

North  Carolina  . 
South  Carolina.. 
Georgia 


STATES    ADMITTED. 


Kentucky 

Vermont 

Tennessee 

Maine 

Texas 

West  Virginia . 


PnBLIC-LAND   STATES 
AND   TERlilTOBIh-S. 


States. 


Ohio 

Louisiana . . 
Indiana. . . . 
Mississippi . 
Illinois  . . . . 
Alabama. . . 
Missouri  . . . 
Arkansas  . . 
Michigan  . . 

Florida 

Iowa 

Wisconsin  . 
California  , 
Minnesota  . 
Oregon    . . . 

Kansas 

Nevada  . . . . 
Nebraska  . . 
Colorado . . . 


Territories. 

Wyoming 

New  Mexico 

Utah 

Washington 

Dakota 

Arizona 

Idaho  

Montana 

Alaska 

Indian  Territory  . . . . 

District  of  Columbia. 


Act 
organizing 
Territory. 


March 

May 

April 

Feb. 

March 

June 

March 

Jan. 

March 

June 

April 


180.T 

isna 

18U!t 
1817 
1812 
1819 
1805 
1822 
1838 

isati 


March 

Aug. 

May 

March 

May 

Feb. 


July  25, 
Sept.  9, 
Sept.  9, 
March  2. 
March  2, 
Feb.  24, 
March  o, 
May  26, 
July     27, 


1849 
1848 
1854 
1861 
1854 
1861 


1868 
1850 
1850 
1858 
1861 
1868 
1868 
1864 
1868 


July     16, 
March    3, 


1790 
1791 


Act 

admitting 

State. 


Feb.  4,  1791 
Feb.  18,  1791 
June  1,  1796 
March  3,  1820 
Dec.  29,  1845 
Dec.     31,  1862 


April  SO, 
April  8, 
Dec.  11, 
Dec.  10, 
Dec.  3, 
Dec.  14, 
March  2, 
June  15, 
Jan.  26, 
March  3, 
March  3, 
March  3, 
Sept.  9, 
Feb.  26, 
Feb.  14, 
Jan.  29. 
March  21. 
Feb.  9, 
March    3, 


1802 

1812 

1816 

1817 

1818 

1819 

1821 

1836 

1837 

1845  I 

1845  j 

1847  i 

1850 

1857 

1859 

1861 

1864 

1867 

1875 


TABLE  E. 

Number  of  Slaves. 

1790  697,897 

1800 893,041 

1810 1,191,364 

1820 1,.538.022 

1830   2,009,043 

1840 2,487.455 

1850 3,204,313 

1860 3,955,7b0' 


Abolition  of  Slavery. 

Maine  (part  of  Massachusetts),  1780. 
Vermont,  1777. 
Massachusetts,  1780. 

Connecticut'^' "  ]  G^^'^'^ual  abolition,  having  a  few  in  1840. 
New  York,  gradual,  commencing  1799.     Abolition  entire 

in  1827. 
New  Jersey,  gradual,  1804.     In  1850  had  236. 
Pennsylvania,  gradual,  1780.     In  1840  had  64. 


Maine,  New  Hampshire.  Ohio,^  Indiana,  Illinois,  Michf- 
gan,  Wi.sconsin,  Iowa.  Minnesota.  Kiinsas,  Colorado,  Ne- 
braska, California  and  Oregon  never  legalized  Slavery. 

The  Slave  States,  in  1866,  were  Delaware,  Maryland, 
Virginia,  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Flor- 
ida, Alabama,  Mississippi,  Louisiana,  Texas,  Kentncky, 
Tennessee,  Missouri  and  Arkansas.  West  Virginia  was  >e\>- 
araied  from  Virginia  in  1862. 

Slavery  was  abolished  in  the  District  of  Columbia,  April 
11,  1862,  $1,000,000  being  appropriated  for  compensation. 

Slaves  of  Secession-masters  were  emancipated  Januory 
1,  1863,  as  the  effect  of  President  Lincoln's  proclamation 
of  September  22,  1862. 

December  18,  l,'-65.  the  Thirteenth  Amendment  to  the 
Constitution  was  latified  by  the  required  niiijority  of 
States,  and  from  that  date  Slavery  was  abolished  through- 
out the  United  States. 


NOTE. 


The  following  blank  pages  are  supplied  for  the  insertion  of  grammatical, 
historical  and  political  notes,  for  the  collection  of  references  to  interesting  pages 
of  other  works  and  for  the  reception  of  clippings  from  newspapers  and  other 
periodicals. 


ft 


I